WO2011104687A1 - Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods - Google Patents

Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011104687A1
WO2011104687A1 PCT/IB2011/050792 IB2011050792W WO2011104687A1 WO 2011104687 A1 WO2011104687 A1 WO 2011104687A1 IB 2011050792 W IB2011050792 W IB 2011050792W WO 2011104687 A1 WO2011104687 A1 WO 2011104687A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
antibody
seq
antagonist
antibodies
amino acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IB2011/050792
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Chia-Yang Lin
Li-Fen Lee
Wenwu Zhai
Original Assignee
Rinat Neuroscience Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to KR1020127022056A priority Critical patent/KR101509874B1/en
Priority to NZ601586A priority patent/NZ601586A/en
Application filed by Rinat Neuroscience Corporation filed Critical Rinat Neuroscience Corporation
Priority to RU2012136234/10A priority patent/RU2533809C9/en
Priority to BR112012021433A priority patent/BR112012021433A2/en
Priority to KR1020147004734A priority patent/KR20140033246A/en
Priority to JP2012554463A priority patent/JP5602885B2/en
Priority to SG2012056610A priority patent/SG182811A1/en
Priority to AU2011219488A priority patent/AU2011219488B2/en
Priority to ES11711673T priority patent/ES2780374T3/en
Priority to CN201180011149.4A priority patent/CN103038254B/en
Priority to CA2789132A priority patent/CA2789132C/en
Priority to MX2012009497A priority patent/MX2012009497A/en
Priority to EP11711673.1A priority patent/EP2539369B1/en
Publication of WO2011104687A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011104687A1/en
Priority to IL221620A priority patent/IL221620A/en
Priority to HK13111421.1A priority patent/HK1184168A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/63—Introduction of foreign genetic material using vectors; Vectors; Use of hosts therefor; Regulation of expression
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2866—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for cytokines, lymphokines, interferons
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/10—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by their source of isolation or production
    • C07K2317/14—Specific host cells or culture conditions, e.g. components, pH or temperature
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/34—Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/51—Complete heavy chain or Fd fragment, i.e. VH + CH1
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/515—Complete light chain, i.e. VL + CL
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/90—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
    • C07K2317/92—Affinity (KD), association rate (Ka), dissociation rate (Kd) or EC50 value

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to antibodies, e.g., full length antibodies or antigen- binding portions thereof, that antagonize the activity of interleukin-7 receptor (IL-7R), including its interaction with IL-7.
  • the invention further relates to compositions comprising an IL-7R antagonist, such as an antagonist IL-7R antibody, and methods of using the IL-7R antagonist as a medicament.
  • the IL-7R antagonist can be used in the prevention and/or treatment of type 2 diabetes, graft-versus-host disease (GVHD), and autoimmune disorders, including type 1 diabetes, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, and lupus.
  • the IL-7R complex is a heterodimeric receptor made up of the IL-7R alpha chain (IL-7Ra) and the common gamma chain (yc) (Mazzucchelli et al., Nat Rev Immunol., 2007, 7:144-54).
  • IL-7R is bound by interleukin-7 (IL-7), a cytokine essential to the development and homeostatic maintenance of T and B lymphocytes (Fry et al., J Immunol., 2005, 174:6571-6). Binding of IL-7 to IL-7R activates multiple pathways that regulate lymphocyte survival, glucose uptake, proliferation and differentiation.
  • IL-7 interleukin-7
  • IL-7R is expressed on both dendritic cells and monocytes and appears to act in multiple hematopoietic lineages (Reche PA, et al., J Immunol., 2001 , 167:336-43). In dendritic cells, IL-7R plays an immunomodulatory role, whereas lymphocytes require IL-7R signaling for survival, proliferation and differentiation. Both the Jak-Stat and PI3K-Akt pathways are activated by the binding of IL-7 to IL-7R (Jian et al., Cytokine Growth Factor Rev., 2005, 16:513-533). These pathways involve signaling crosstalk, shared interaction domains, feedback loops, integrated gene regulation, mulitimerization and ligand competition.
  • IL-7 signaling includes Bcl2 and Pyk2, contribute to cellular survival.
  • Other targets such as PI3 kinase, src family kinases (lck and fyn) and STAT5, contribute to cellular proliferation.
  • the transcription factor STAT5 contributes to activation of multiple different downstream genes in B and T cells and may contribute to VDJ recombination through alteration of chromatin structure.
  • the cell survival and cell proliferation signals induced by IL-7 combine to induce normal T cell development. Details of the complex I L-7 signaling network and its interaction with other signaling cascades in cells of the immune system have not yet been fully elucidated.
  • Antagonist antibodies that selectively interact with and inhibit IL-7R function are provided. It is demonstrated for the first time that certain antagonist IL-7R antibodies are effective in vivo to treat type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, GVHD and lupus.
  • antagonist antibodies that selectively interact with and inhibit IL-7R function are provided.
  • the antibody specifically binds to IL-7R and comprises an antigen binding region that competes with a monoclonal antibody selected from the group consisting of C1 GM, C2M3, P3A9, P4B3, P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a and HAL403b, for binding to IL-7R.
  • the antibody comprises a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 42 or SEQ ID NO: 43.
  • the antibody specifically binds to IL-7R and recognizes an epitope which overlaps an epitope of IL-7R that is recognized by a monoclonal antibody selected from the group consisting of C1 GM, C2M3, P3A9, P4B3, P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a and HAL403b.
  • the antibody the antibody binds to an epitope comprising residues I82, K84, K100, T105, and Y192 of interleukin-7 receptor alpha (I L-7Ra).
  • the epitope further comprises one or more additional residues selected from the group consisting of residues D190, H191 , and K194 of human I L-7Ra.
  • the IL-7R is human IL-7R.
  • the antibody specifically binds to interleukin-7 receptor alpha (IL-7Ra) and comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) complementary determining region one (CDR1 ) having the amino acid sequence X-
  • the framework region between VH CDR2 and VH CDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence alanine- arginine, wherein the arginine is adjacent to the first amino acid residue of VH CDR3. In some embodiments, the framework region between VH CDR2 and VH CDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence cysteine-alanine-arginine, wherein the arginine is adjacent to the first amino acid residue of VH CDR3.
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain CDR contact region one having the amino acid sequence X-
  • the antibody specifically binds to IL-7Ra and comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) complementary determining region one (CDR1 ) having the amino acid sequence DSVMH (SEQ ID NO: 19), GFTFDDS (SEQ ID NO: 46), or GFTFDDSVMH (SEQ ID NO: 47), a VH CDR2 having the amino acid sequence LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG (SEQ ID NO: 23) or GWDGFF (SEQ ID NO: 48), and a VH CDR3 having the amino acid sequence QGDYMGNN (SEQ ID NO: 49), or a variant thereof having one or more conservative amino acid substitutions in CDR1 , CDR2, and/or CDR3.
  • VH heavy chain variable region
  • the antibody comprises a light chain variable region (VL) CDR1 having the amino acid sequence TRSSGSIDSSYVQ (SEQ ID NO: 29), a VL CDR2 having the amino acid sequence EDDQRPS (SEQ ID NO: 31 ), and/or VL CDR3 having the amino acid sequence QSYDFHHLV (SEQ ID NO: 36), or a variant thereof having one or more conservative amino acid substitutions in CDR1 , CDR2, and/or CDR3.
  • VL light chain variable region
  • the antibody further comprises a VH CDR1 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 19, 46 or 47, a VH CDR2 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 23, or 48, and a VH CDR3 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 49, or a variant thereof having one or more conservative amino acid substitutions in CDR1 , CDR2, and/or CDR3.
  • the antibody specifically binds to IL-7Ra and comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) complementary determining region one (CDR1 ) having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 19, 46 or 47, a VH CDR2 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ I D NO: 23, or 48, and a VH CDR3 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 49, a light chain variable region (VL) CDR1 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 29, a VL CDR2 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 31 , and a VL CDR3 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 36.
  • VH heavy chain variable region
  • CDR1 complementary determining region one
  • the VH region comprises the amino acid sequence EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVSLVGWDG FFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQGDYMGNNWGQGTL VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 40) and the VL region comprises the amino acid sequence NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGSSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTEDEADYYCQSYDFHHLVFGGGTKLTVL (SEQ ID NO: 41 ).
  • the antibody comprises a light chain having the amino acid sequence NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGSSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTEDEADYYCQSYDFHHLVFGGGTKLTVLQPKAAPS VTLFPPSSEELQANKATLVCLISDFYPGAVTVAWKADSSPVKAGVETTTPSKQSNNKY AASSYLSLTPEQWKSHRSYSCQVTHEGSTVEKTVAPTECS (SEQ ID NO: 43) and a heavy chain having the amino acid sequence
  • the antibody can be a human antibody, a humanized antibody, or a chimeric antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • the antibody comprises a constant region. In some embodiments, the antibody is of the human lgG1 or lgG2Aa subclass. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a glycosylated constant region. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a constant region having increased binding affinity to a human Fc gamma receptor.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antibody that selectively interacts with and inhibits I L-7R function is provided.
  • a cell line that recombinantly produces an antibody that selectively interacts with and inhibits IL-7R function is provided.
  • nucleic acid encoding an antibody that selectively interacts with and inhibits IL-7R function is provided.
  • methods of lowering blood glucose levels in an individual comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby lowering blood glucose levels.
  • methods of improving glucose tolerance in an individual comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby improving glucose tolerance.
  • methods of preventing or treating type 1 diabetes in an individual comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of type 1 diabetes.
  • methods of preventing or treating type 2 diabetes in an individual comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IL-7R antagonist to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of type 2 diabetes.
  • the I L-7R antagonist is an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • methods of preventing or treating rheumatoid arthritis in an individual comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • methods of preventing or treating graft-versus-host disease (GVHD) in an individual comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of GVHD.
  • GVHD graft-versus-host disease
  • the GVHD is chronic GVHD or acute GVHD.
  • methods of preventing or treating lupus in an individual comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of lupus.
  • the lupus is cutaneous lupus erythematosus, systemic lupus erythematosus, drug-induced erythematosus or neonatal lupus.
  • methods of preventing or treating multiple sclerosis in an individual comprise administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of multiple sclerosis and reducing and/or depleting the naive and/or activated T cell populations in the individual.
  • the reduced or depleted T cell populations in the individual comprise T H 1 and/or T H 17 cells.
  • administration of the antagonist IL-7R antibody does not result in expansion of T H 17 cell population in the individual.
  • the antibody can be administered parenterally.
  • the individual is a human.
  • Figure 1 depicts the dose-dependent effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibodies P2D2, P2E1 1 and HAL403a on IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation in human peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMCs).
  • the x-axis indicates the percentage of CD4+ cells expressing phospho-STAT5 (p-STAT).
  • Figure 2 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on development of diabetes in non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice.
  • Figure 3 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on (A) blood glucose levels (mg/dL) and (B) body weight (g) in NOD mice.
  • Figure 4 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on (A) naive CD8+ T cell and (B) memory CD8+ T cell populations in NOD mice.
  • the total CD8+ T cell population was set as 100%.
  • Figure 5 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on naive CD4+ T cell population in NOD mice.
  • the total CD4+ T cell population was set as 100%.
  • Figure 6 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibodies 28B6 and 28G9 on clinical severity of EAE animals.
  • Clinical severity of EAE was assessed daily with a 0 to 5 point scoring system: 0, normal; 1 , flaccid tail; 2, partial hind-limb paralysis; 3, total hind-limb paralysis; 4, quadriplegia; 5, moribund state or dead.
  • Figure 7 depicts the dose-dependent effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on clinical severity of EAE animals.
  • Figure 8 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on clinical severity of EAE animals.
  • Figure 9 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 in animals with established EAE.
  • Figure 10 depicts the effect of antagonist I L-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 at lower dose in animals with established EAE.
  • Figure 1 1 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibodies 28G9 and 28B6 on (A) CD4 T cell and (B) CD8 T cell populations from bone marrow (BM), spleen, blood and lymph nodes (LNs) of EAE animals.
  • BM bone marrow
  • LNs lymph nodes
  • the total lymphocyte population was set as 100%.
  • Figures 12A-C depict the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on (A) naive T cell, (B) memory T cell, and (C) activated T cell populations from bone marrow, spleen, blood and lymph nodes of EAE animals.
  • the CD8+ T cell population was set as 100%.
  • Figure 13 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on T eff cell (left graph) and T reg cell (right graph) populations from bone marrow, spleen, blood and lymph nodes of EAE animals.
  • the CD4+ T cell population was set as 100%.
  • * indicates P ⁇ 0.05 as compared to control.
  • Figure 14 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on blood glucose levels (mg/dL) in high fat diet-induced obesity (DIO) mice.
  • Figure 15 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on glucose intolerance in high fat diet-induced obesity (DIO) mice.
  • IL-7R antagonists e.g., antagonist IL-7R antibodies
  • MS multiple sclerosis
  • rheumatoid arthritis type 1 diabetes, and lupus.
  • an “antibody” is an immunoglobulin molecule capable of specific binding to a target, such as a carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, polypeptide, etc., through at least one antigen recognition site, located in the variable region of the immunoglobulin molecule.
  • a target such as a carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, polypeptide, etc.
  • the term encompasses not only intact polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, but also fragments thereof (such as Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv), single chain (ScFv) and domain antibodies (including, for example, shark and camelid antibodies), and fusion proteins comprising an antibody, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen recognition site.
  • An antibody includes an antibody of any class, such as IgG, IgA, or IgM (or sub-class thereof), and the antibody need not be of any particular class.
  • immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., lgG1 , lgG2, lgG3, lgG4, lgA1 and lgA2.
  • the heavy-chain constant regions that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called alpha, delta, epsilon, gamma, and mu, respectively.
  • the subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known.
  • “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally-occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site.
  • each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen.
  • the modifier "monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
  • the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler and Milstein, 1975, Nature 256:495, or may be made by recombinant DNA methods such as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567.
  • the monoclonal antibodies may also be isolated from phage libraries generated using the techniques described in McCafferty et al., 1990, Nature 348:552-554, for example.
  • humanized antibody refers to forms of non-human (e.g. murine) antibodies that are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains, or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) that contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
  • humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity.
  • CDR complementary determining region
  • Fv framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues.
  • the humanized antibody may comprise residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences, but are included to further refine and optimize antibody performance.
  • the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence.
  • the humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region or domain (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
  • CDR L1 , CDR L2, CDR L3, CDR H1 , CDR H2, or CDR H3 are altered with respect to the original antibody, which are also termed one or more CDRs "derived from" one or more CDRs from the original antibody.
  • human antibody means an antibody having an amino acid sequence corresponding to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or which has been made using any of the techniques for making human antibodies known to those skilled in the art or disclosed herein.
  • This definition of a human antibody includes antibodies comprising at least one human heavy chain polypeptide or at least one human light chain polypeptide.
  • One such example is an antibody comprising murine light chain and human heavy chain polypeptides.
  • Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. In one embodiment, the human antibody is selected from a phage library, where that phage library expresses human antibodies (Vaughan et al., 1996, Nature Biotechnology, 14:309-314; Sheets et al., 1998, Proc. Natl.
  • Human antibodies can also be made by immunization of animals into which human immunoglobulin loci have been transgenically introduced in place of the endogenous loci, e.g., mice in which the endogenous immunoglobulin genes have been partially or completely inactivated. This approach is described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625, 126; 5,633,425; and 5,661 ,016.
  • the human antibody may be prepared by immortalizing human B lymphocytes that produce an antibody directed against a target antigen (such B lymphocytes may be recovered from an individual or may have been immunized in vitro). See, e.g., Cole et al. Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77, 1985; Boerner et al., 1991 , J. Immunol., 147 (1 ):86-95; and U.S. Patent No. 5,750,373.
  • IL-7R refers to any form of IL-7R and variants thereof that retain at least part of the activity of IL-7R. Unless indicated differently, such as by specific reference to human IL-7R, IL-7R includes all mammalian species of native sequence IL-7R, e.g., human, canine, feline, equine, and bovine.
  • an "IL-7R antagonist” refers to an antibody or molecule that is able to inhibit IL-7R biological activity and/or downstream pathway(s) mediated by IL-7R signaling, including binding to IL-7, phosphorylation of STAT5, Src kinases, PI3 kinase and Pyk2, and upregulation of Bcl2 protein.
  • IL-7R antagonists include, without limitation, antagonist IL-7R antibodies, IL-7R siRNA, IL-7R shRNA, and IL-7R antisense oligonucleotides.
  • Antagonist IL-7R antibodies encompass antibodies that block, antagonize, suppress or reduce (to any degree including significantly) IL-7R biological activity, including downstream pathways mediated by IL-7R signaling, such interaction with IL-7 and/or elicitation of a cellular response to IL-7.
  • an antagonist IL-7R antibody encompasses all the previously identified terms, titles, and functional states and characteristics whereby the IL-7R itself, an IL-7R biological activity (including but not limited to interaction with IL-7, its ability to mediate any aspect of phosphorylation of STAT5, phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase (PI3K)-Akt pathway activation, p27 Ki 1 downregulation, Bcl-2 upregulation, Rb hyperphosphorylation, and CXCR4 upregulation), or the consequences of the biological activity, are substantially nullified, decreased, or neutralized in any meaningful degree.
  • an antagonist IL-7R antibody binds I L-7R and prevents interaction with IL-7. Examples of antagonist IL-7R antibodies are provided herein.
  • a "full antagonist” is an antagonist which, at an effective concentration, essentially completely blocks a measurable effect of IL-7R.
  • a partial antagonist is meant an antagonist that is capable of partially blocking a measurable effect, but that, even at a highest concentration is not a full antagonist.
  • essentially completely is meant at least about 80%, preferably, at least about 90%, more preferably, at least about 95%, and most preferably, at least about 98% of the measurable effect is blocked.
  • polypeptide oligopeptide
  • peptide protein
  • the terms “polypeptide”, “oligopeptide”, “peptide” and “protein” are used interchangeably herein to refer to chains of amino acids of any length, preferably, relatively short (e.g., 10-100 amino acids).
  • the chain may be linear or branched, it may comprise modified amino acids, and/or may be interrupted by non-amino acids.
  • the terms also encompass an amino acid chain that has been modified naturally or by intervention; for example, disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation or modification, such as conjugation with a labeling component.
  • polypeptides containing one or more analogs of an amino acid including, for example, unnatural amino acids, etc.
  • polypeptides can occur as single chains or associated chains.
  • polynucleotide or “nucleic acid,” as used interchangeably herein, refer to chains of nucleotides of any length, and include DNA and RNA.
  • the nucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or bases, and/or their analogs, or any substrate that can be incorporated into a chain by DNA or RNA polymerase.
  • a polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and their analogs. If present, modification to the nucleotide structure may be imparted before or after assembly of the chain.
  • the sequence of nucleotides may be interrupted by non-nucleotide components.
  • a polynucleotide may be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component.
  • Other types of modifications include, for example, "caps", substitution of one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog, internucleotide modifications such as, for example, those with uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, carbamates, etc.) and with charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.), those containing pendant moieties, such as, for example, proteins (e.g., nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides, poly-L-lysine, etc.), those with intercalators (e.g., acridine, psoralen, etc.), those containing chelators (e.g., metal
  • any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in the sugars may be replaced, for example, by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or activated to prepare additional linkages to additional nucleotides, or may be conjugated to solid supports.
  • the 5' and 3' terminal OH can be phosphorylated or substituted with amines or organic capping group moieties of from 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Other hydroxyls may also be derivatized to standard protecting groups.
  • Polynucleotides can also contain analogous forms of ribose or deoxyribose sugars that are generally known in the art, including, for example, 2'-0-methyl-, 2'-0-allyl, 2'-fluoro- or 2'-azido-ribose, carbocyclic sugar analogs, alpha- or beta-anomeric sugars, epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, sedoheptuloses, acyclic analogs and abasic nucleoside analogs such as methyl riboside.
  • One or more phosphodiester linkages may be replaced by alternative linking groups.
  • linking groups include, but are not limited to, embodiments wherein phosphate is replaced by P(0)S("thioate”), P(S)S ("dithioate”), (0)NR 2 ("amidate”), P(0)R, P(0)OR', CO or CH 2 ("formacetal”), in which each R or R' is independently H or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (1 -20 C) optionally containing an ether (-0-) linkage, aryl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or araldyl. Not all linkages in a polynucleotide need be identical. The preceding description applies to all polynucleotides referred to herein, including RNA and DNA.
  • variable region of an antibody refers to the variable region of the antibody light chain or the variable region of the antibody heavy chain, either alone or in combination.
  • variable regions of the heavy and light chain each consist of four framework regions (FR) connected by three complementarity determining regions (CDRs) also known as hypervariable regions.
  • FR framework regions
  • CDRs complementarity determining regions
  • the CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies.
  • a CDR may refer to CDRs defined by either approach or by a combination of both approaches.
  • a "constant region" of an antibody refers to the constant region of the antibody light chain or the constant region of the antibody heavy chain, either alone or in combination.
  • an antibody "interacts with" IL-7R when the equilibrium dissociation constant is equal to or less than 20 nM, preferably less than about 6 nM, more preferably less than about 1 nM, most preferably less than about 0.2 nM, as measured by the methods disclosed herein in Example 2.
  • An epitope that "preferentially binds” or “specifically binds” (used interchangeably herein) to an antibody or a polypeptide is a term well understood in the art, and methods to determine such specific or preferential binding are also well known in the art.
  • a molecule is said to exhibit "specific binding” or “preferential binding” if it reacts or associates more frequently, more rapidly, with greater duration and/or with greater affinity with a particular cell or substance than it does with alternative cells or substances.
  • An antibody “specifically binds” or “preferentially binds” to a target if it binds with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other substances.
  • an antibody that specifically or preferentially binds to an IL-7R epitope is an antibody that binds this epitope with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other IL-7R epitopes or non-IL-7R epitopes. It is also understood that by reading this definition, for example, an antibody (or moiety or epitope) that specifically or preferentially binds to a first target may or may not specifically or preferentially bind to a second target. As such, “specific binding” or “preferential binding” does not necessarily require (although it can include) exclusive binding. Generally, but not necessarily, reference to binding means preferential binding.
  • substantially pure refers to material which is at least 50% pure
  • a "host cell” includes an individual cell or cell culture that can be or has been a recipient for vector(s) for incorporation of polynucleotide inserts.
  • Host cells include progeny of a single host cell, and the progeny may not necessarily be completely identical (in morphology or in genomic DNA complement) to the original parent cell due to natural, accidental, or deliberate mutation.
  • a host cell includes cells transfected in vivo with a polynucleotide(s) of this invention.
  • Fc region is used to define a C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain.
  • the "Fc region” may be a native sequence Fc region or a variant Fc region.
  • the human IgG heavy chain Fc region is usually defined to stretch from an amino acid residue at position Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl- terminus thereof.
  • the numbering of the residues in the Fc region is that of the EU index as in Kabat. Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1991.
  • the Fc region of an immunoglobulin generally comprises two constant regions, CH2 and CH3.
  • Fc receptor and “FcR” describe a receptor that binds to the Fc region of an antibody.
  • the preferred FcR is a native sequence human FcR.
  • a preferred FcR is one which binds an IgG antibody (a gamma receptor) and includes receptors of the FcyRI, FcyRII, and FcyRIII subclasses, including allelic variants and alternatively spliced forms of these receptors.
  • FcyRI I receptors include FcyRIIA (an “activating receptor”) and FcyRI IB (an “inhibiting receptor”), which have similar amino acid sequences that differ primarily in the cytoplasmic domains thereof. FcRs are reviewed in Ravetch and Kinet, 1991 , Ann. Rev. Immunol., 9:457-92; Capel et al., 1994, Immunomethods, 4:25-34; and de Haas et al., 1995, J. Lab. Clin. Med., 126:330-41 . "FcR” also includes the neonatal receptor, FcRn, which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyer et al., 1976, J. Immunol., 1 17:587; and Kim et al., 1994, J. Immunol., 24:249).
  • Compet means that a first antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, binds to an epitope in a manner sufficiently similar to the binding of a second antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, such that the result of binding of the first antibody with its cognate epitope is detectably decreased in the presence of the second antibody compared to the binding of the first antibody in the absence of the second antibody.
  • the alternative, where the binding of the second antibody to its epitope is also detectably decreased in the presence of the first antibody can, but need not be the case. That is, a first antibody can inhibit the binding of a second antibody to its epitope without that second antibody inhibiting the binding of the first antibody to its respective epitope.
  • each antibody detectably inhibits the binding of the other antibody with its cognate epitope or ligand, whether to the same, greater, or lesser extent, the antibodies are said to "cross-compete" with each other for binding of their respective epitope(s).
  • Both competing and cross-competing antibodies are encompassed by the present invention. Regardless of the mechanism by which such competition or cross-competition occurs (e.g., steric hindrance, conformational change, or binding to a common epitope, or portion thereof), the skilled artisan would appreciate, based upon the teachings provided herein, that such competing and/or cross-competing antibodies are encompassed and can be useful for the methods disclosed herein.
  • a “functional Fc region” possesses at least one effector function of a native sequence Fc region.
  • exemplary “effector functions” include C1 q binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity; phagocytosis; down-regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor), etc.
  • Such effector functions generally require the Fc region to be combined with a binding domain (e.g. an antibody variable domain) and can be assessed using various assays known in the art for evaluating such antibody effector functions.
  • a “native sequence Fc region” comprises an amino acid sequence identical to the amino acid sequence of an Fc region found in nature.
  • a “variant Fc region” comprises an amino acid sequence which differs from that of a native sequence Fc region by virtue of at least one amino acid modification, yet retains at least one effector function of the native sequence Fc region.
  • the variant Fc region has at least one amino acid substitution compared to a native sequence Fc region or to the Fc region of a parent polypeptide, e.g. from about one to about ten amino acid substitutions, and preferably, from about one to about five amino acid substitutions in a native sequence Fc region or in the Fc region of the parent polypeptide.
  • the variant Fc region herein will preferably possess at least about 80% sequence identity with a native sequence Fc region and/or with an Fc region of a parent polypeptide, and most preferably, at least about 90% sequence identity therewith, more preferably, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99% sequence identity therewith.
  • beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: enhancement of glucose clearance, lowering blood glucose levels, improving glucose tolerance, reducing incidence of high blood glucose levels resulting from type 1 or type 2 diabetes, reducing incidence or amelioration of one or more symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis, reducing incidence or amelioration of one or more symptoms of GVHD, reducing incidence or amelioration of one or more symptoms of lupus, and reducing incidence or amerlioration of one or more symptoms of multiple sclerosis.
  • Reducing incidence means any of reducing severity (which can include reducing need for and/or amount of (e.g., exposure to) other drugs and/or therapies generally used for this condition.
  • individuals may vary in terms of their response to treatment, and, as such, for example, a "method of reducing incidence” reflects administering the IL-7R antagonist based on a reasonable expectation that such administration may likely cause such a reduction in incidence in that particular individual.
  • “Ameliorating” means a lessening or improvement of one or more symptoms as compared to not administering an IL-7R antagonist. “Ameliorating” also includes shortening or reduction in duration of a symptom.
  • an "effective dosage” or “effective amount” of drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to effect any one or more beneficial or desired results.
  • beneficial or desired results include eliminating or reducing the risk, lessening the severity, or delaying the outset of the disease, including biochemical, histological and/or behavioral symptoms of the disease, its complications and intermediate pathological phenotypes presenting during development of the disease.
  • beneficial or desired results include clinical results such as reducing blood glucose levels, reducing incidence or amelioration of one or more symptoms of type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, GVHD, lupus or multiple sclerosis, decreasing the dose of other medications required to treat the disease, enhancing the effect of another medication, and/or delaying the progression of the disease of patients.
  • An effective dosage can be administered in one or more administrations.
  • an effective dosage of drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to accomplish prophylactic or therapeutic treatment either directly or indirectly.
  • an effective dosage of a drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition may or may not be achieved in conjunction with another drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition.
  • an "effective dosage" may be considered in the context of administering one or more therapeutic agents, and a single agent may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable result may be or is achieved.
  • mammals are mammals, more preferably, a human. Mammals also include, but are not limited to, farm animals, sport animals, pets, primates, horses, dogs, cats, mice and rats.
  • vector means a construct, which is capable of delivering, and, preferably, expressing, one or more gene(s) or sequence(s) of interest in a host cell.
  • vectors include, but are not limited to, viral vectors, naked DNA or RNA expression vectors, plasmid, cosmid or phage vectors, DNA or RNA expression vectors associated with cationic condensing agents, DNA or RNA expression vectors encapsulated in liposomes, and certain eukaryotic cells, such as producer cells.
  • expression control sequence means a nucleic acid sequence that directs transcription of a nucleic acid.
  • An expression control sequence can be a promoter, such as a constitutive or an inducible promoter, or an enhancer.
  • the expression control sequence is operably linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be transcribed.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or “pharmaceutical acceptable excipient” includes any material which, when combined with an active ingredient, allows the ingredient to retain biological activity and is non-reactive with the subject's immune system.
  • examples include, but are not limited to, any of the standard pharmaceutical carriers such as a phosphate buffered saline solution, water, emulsions such as oil/water emulsion, and various types of wetting agents.
  • Preferred diluents for aerosol or parenteral administration are phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or normal (0.9%) saline.
  • Compositions comprising such carriers are formulated by well known conventional methods (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, A. Gennaro, ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1990; and Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000).
  • k on refers to the rate constant for association of an antibody to an antigen. Specifically, the rate constants (k on and k off ) and equilibrium dissociation constants are measured using Fab antibody fragments (i.e. univalent) and IL-7R.
  • k 0 ff refers to the rate constant for dissociation of an antibody from the antibody/antigen complex.
  • KD refers to the equilibrium dissociation constant of an antibody-antigen interaction.
  • references to "about” a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se. For example, description referring to "about X” includes description of "X.” Numeric ranges are inclusive of the numbers defining the range.
  • the invention provides a method for treating or preventing type 2 diabetes in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • the invention provides a method for treating or preventing an autoimmune disease, such as type 1 diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus or multiple sclerosis, in an individual, the method comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an I L-7R antagonist.
  • the invention provides a method for treating or preventing GVHD in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an IL-7R antagonist.
  • therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in lower blood glucose level and improved glucose tolerance. In other embodiments, therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously maintains blood glucose at desirable levels. In some embodiments, therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis including, for example without limitation, joint stiffness, joint swelling, joint pain, and joint redness and warmth.
  • therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of lupus including, for example without limitation, fatigue, fever, weight loss, weight gain, joint pain, joint stiffness, joint swelling, malar rash, skin lesions, mouth sores, nose ulcers, hair loss, Raynaud's phenomenon, shortness of breath, chest pain, dry eyes, bruising, anxiety, depression and memory loss.
  • therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of multiple sclerosis including, for example without limitation, limb paralysis, tremors, difficulty walking, swallowing difficulties, blindness, blurring vision, and muscle weakness.
  • therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of GVHD including, for example without limitation, abdominal pain, abdominal cramps, fever, jaundice, skin rash, vomiting, weight loss, dry eyes, dry mouth, hair loss, hepatitis, lung disorders, and digestive tract disorders.
  • therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of acute GVHD including, for example without limitation, pneumonitis, intestinal inflammation, diarrhea, abdominal pain, abdominal cramps, fever, jaundice, nausea, vomiting, liver damage, skin rash, skin damage, damage to the mucosa, sloughing of the mucosal membrane, damage to the gastrointestinal tract, weight loss, maculopapular rash, elevated bilirubin levels, morbidity and mortality.
  • acute GVHD including, for example without limitation, pneumonitis, intestinal inflammation, diarrhea, abdominal pain, abdominal cramps, fever, jaundice, nausea, vomiting, liver damage, skin rash, skin damage, damage to the mucosa, sloughing of the mucosal membrane, damage to the gastrointestinal tract, weight loss, maculopapular rash, elevated bilirubin levels, morbidity and mortality.
  • therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of chronic GVHD including, for example without limitation, dry eyes, dry mouth, hair loss, hepatitis, lung disorders, digestive tract disorders, skin rash, oral ulcer, oral atrophy, onchodystrophy, sicca syndrome, sclerosis, lichen-planus-like lesions, poikiloderma, esophageal webs, fasciitis and bronchiolitis obliterans, and damage to the liver, skin and mucosa, connective tissue, exocrine glands and/or the gastrointestinal tract.
  • chronic GVHD including, for example without limitation, dry eyes, dry mouth, hair loss, hepatitis, lung disorders, digestive tract disorders, skin rash, oral ulcer, oral atrophy, onchodystrophy, sicca syndrome, sclerosis, lichen-planus-like lesions, poikiloderma, esophageal webs, fasciitis and bronchiolitis ob
  • a diabetic individual requiring lower blood glucose levels can be treated with an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • An individual suitable for antibody therapy is selected using clinical criteria and prognostic indicators of diabetes that are well known in the art.
  • An individual at risk of developing diabetes as assessed by known prognostic indicators such as family history, fasting blood glucose levels, or decreased glucose tolerance also warrants administration of an IL-7R antagonist.
  • One skilled in the art would recognize or know how to diagnose an individual with diabetes or disregulated glucose uptake and, depending upon the degree or severity of the disease, can make the appropriate determination of when to administer the antibody and can also select the most desirable mode of administration.
  • An individual suffering from rheumatoid arthritis can be treated with an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • An individual suitable for IL-7R antagonist therapy is selected using clinical criteria and prognostic indicators of rheumatoid arthritis that are well known in the art. Diagnosis or assessment of rheumatoid arthritis is well-established in the art. Assessment of severity may be performed based on measures known in the art, such as the rheumatoid arthritis severity scale (RASS). Bardwell et al., Rheumatology, 2002, 41 :38-45. In some embodiments, ameliorating, controlling, reducing incidence of, or delaying the development or progression of rheumatoid arthritis and/or symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis is measured by RASS.
  • RASS rheumatoid arthritis severity scale
  • An individual suffering from lupus can be treated with an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • an individual suitable for IL-7R antagonist therapy is selected using clinical criteria and prognostic indicators of lupus that are well known in the art. One skilled in the art would recognize or know how to diagnose an individual with lupus and, depending upon the degree or severity of the disease, can make the appropriate determination of when to administer the IL-7R antagonist and can also select the most desirable mode of administration.
  • An individual suffering from multiple sclerosis can be treated with an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • An individual suitable for IL-7R antagonist therapy is selected using clinical criteria and prognostic indicators of multiple sclerosis that are well known in the art.
  • An individual at risk of developing multiple sclerosis as assessed by known prognostic indicators such as family history or symptom history also warrants administration of an IL-7R antagonist.
  • One skilled in the art would recognize or know how to diagnose an individual with multiple sclerosis and, depending upon the degree or severity of the disease, can make the appropriate determination of when to administer the IL-7R antagonist and can also select the most desirable mode of administration.
  • An individual suffering from GVHD can be treated with an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • An individual suitable for IL-7R antagonist therapy is selected using clinical criteria and prognostic indicators of GVHD that are well known in the art. Diagnosis or assessment of GVHD is well-established in the art. Tests for GVHD usually depend on the symptoms, but may include gastrointesting endoscopy, with or without a biopsy, liver functions tests (AST, ALP, and bilirubin levels will be increased), livery biopsy, lung x-rays, and/or skin biopsy.
  • Acute liver GVHD may be measured by, for example, the bilirubin level in acute patients.
  • Acute skin GVHD may result in a diffuse maculopapular rash.
  • Assessment of GVHD severity may be performed based on measures known in the art.
  • ameliorating, controlling, reducing incidence of, or delaying the development or progression of GVHD and/or symptoms of GVHD is measured by overall grade (skin-liver-gut) with each organ staged individually from a low of 1 to a high of 4. In some embodiments, ameliorating, controlling, reducing incidence of, or delaying the development or progression of GVHD and/or symptoms of GVHD is measured by monitoring body weight.
  • compositions comprising one or more additional agents.
  • These compositions may further comprise suitable excipients, such as pharmaceutically acceptable excipients including buffers, which are well known in the art.
  • suitable excipients such as pharmaceutically acceptable excipients including buffers, which are well known in the art.
  • the present invention can be used alone or in combination with other conventional methods of treatment.
  • the IL-7R antagonist can be administered to an individual via any suitable route. It should be apparent to a person skilled in the art that the examples described herein are not intended to be limiting but to be illustrative of the techniques available. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the IL-7R antagonist is administered to an individual in accord with known methods, such as intravenous administration, e.g., as a bolus or by continuous infusion over a period of time, by intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intracerebrospinal, transdermal, subcutaneous, intra-articular, sublingually, intrasynovial, via insufflation, intrathecal, oral, inhalation or topical routes.
  • intravenous administration e.g., as a bolus or by continuous infusion over a period of time
  • intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intracerebrospinal transdermal
  • subcutaneous intra-articular
  • sublingually intrasynovial
  • intrasynovial via insufflation
  • Administration can be systemic, e.g., intravenous administration, or localized.
  • Commercially available nebulizers for liquid formulations including jet nebulizers and ultrasonic nebulizers are useful for administration.
  • Liquid formulations can be directly nebulized and lyophilized powder can be nebulized after reconstitution.
  • an IL-7R antagonist can be aerosolized using a fluorocarbon formulation and a metered dose inhaler, or inhaled as a lyophilized and milled powder.
  • an IL-7R antagonist is administered via site-specific or targeted local delivery techniques.
  • site-specific or targeted local delivery techniques include various implantable depot sources of the IL-7R antagonist or local delivery catheters, such as infusion catheters, indwelling catheters, or needle catheters, synthetic grafts, adventitial wraps, shunts and stents or other implantable devices, site specific carriers, direct injection, or direct application. See, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 00/5321 1 and U.S. Patent No. 5,981 ,568.
  • an IL-7R antagonist may be used for administration.
  • the IL-7R antagonist may be administered neat.
  • IL-7R antagonist and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may be in various formulations.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are known in the art, and are relatively inert substances that facilitate administration of a pharmacologically effective substance.
  • an excipient can give form or consistency, or act as a diluent.
  • Suitable excipients include but are not limited to stabilizing agents, wetting and emulsifying agents, salts for varying osmolarity, encapsulating agents, buffers, and skin penetration enhancers. Excipients as well as formulations for parenteral and nonparenteral drug delivery are set forth in Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000.
  • these agents are formulated for administration by injection
  • these agents can be combined with pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles such as saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, and the like.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles such as saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, and the like.
  • the particular dosage regimen, i.e., dose, timing and repetition, will depend on the particular individual and that individual's medical history.
  • an IL-7R antagonist can be administered using any suitable method, including by injection (e.g., intraperitoneally, intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, etc.).
  • IL-7R antibodies can also be administered via inhalation, as described herein.
  • an initial candidate dosage can be about 2 mg/kg.
  • a typical daily dosage might range from about any of 3 ⁇ g/kg to 30 ⁇ g/kg to 300 ⁇ g/kg to 3 mg/kg, to 30 mg/kg, to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. For example, dosage of about 1 mg/kg, about 2.5 mg/kg, about 5 mg/kg, about 10 mg/kg, and about 25 mg/kg may be used.
  • An exemplary dosing regimen comprises administering an initial dose of about 2 mg/kg, followed by a weekly maintenance dose of about 1 mg/kg of the IL-7R antibody, or followed by a maintenance dose of about 1 mg/kg every other week.
  • other dosage regimens may be useful, depending on the pattern of pharmacokinetic decay that the practitioner wishes to achieve. For example, in some embodiments, dosing from one to four times a week is contemplated. In other embodiments dosing once a month or once every other month or every three months is contemplated. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
  • the dosing regimen (including the IL-7R antagonist(s) used) can vary over time.
  • an IL-7R antagonist for the purpose of the present invention, the appropriate dosage of an IL-7R antagonist will depend on the IL-7R antagonist (or compositions thereof) employed, the type and severity of symptoms to be treated, whether the agent is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the agent, the patient's clearance rate for the administered agent, and the discretion of the attending physician.
  • the clinician will administer an I L-7R antagonist until a dosage is reached that achieves the desired result. Dose and/or frequency can vary over course of treatment. Empirical considerations, such as the half-life, generally will contribute to the determination of the dosage.
  • antibodies that are compatible with the human immune system may be used to prolong half-life of the antibody and to prevent the antibody being attacked by the host's immune system.
  • Frequency of administration may be determined and adjusted over the course of therapy, and is generally, but not necessarily, based on treatment and/or suppression and/or amelioration and/or delay of symptoms, e.g., high blood glucose levels, joint pain, etc.
  • sustained continuous release formulations of antagonist IL-7R antibodies may be appropriate.
  • formulations and devices for achieving sustained release are known in the art.
  • dosages for an IL-7R antagonist may be determined empirically in individuals who have been given one or more administration(s) of an IL-7R antagonist. Individuals are given incremental dosages of an I L-7R antagonist. To assess efficacy, an indicator of the disease can be followed.
  • Administration of an IL-7R antagonist in accordance with the method in the present invention can be continuous or intermittent, depending, for example, upon the recipient's physiological condition, whether the purpose of the administration is therapeutic or prophylactic, and other factors known to skilled practitioners.
  • the administration of an IL-7R antagonist may be essentially continuous over a preselected period of time or may be in a series of spaced doses.
  • more than one IL-7R antagonist may be present. At least one, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five different, or more IL-7R antagonists can be present. Generally, those I L-7R antagonists may have complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other. For example, one or more of the following IL-7R antagonists may be used: an antagonist IL-7R antibody, an anti-sense molecule directed to an IL-7R (including an anti-sense molecule directed to a nucleic acid encoding IL-7R), an IL-7R inhibitory compound, and an IL-7R structural analog. An IL-7R antagonist can also be used in conjunction with other agents that serve to enhance and/or complement the effectiveness of the agents.
  • Therapeutic formulations of the IL-7R antagonist used in accordance with the present invention are prepared for storage by mixing an antibody having the desired degree of purity with optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers (Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions.
  • Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and may comprise buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; salts such as sodium chloride; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens, such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine,
  • Liposomes containing the I L-7R antagonist are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:3688, 1985; Hwang, et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 77:4030, 1980; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,013,556. Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter.
  • PEG-PE PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine
  • the active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacrylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
  • Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or 'poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No.
  • copolymers of L-glutamic acid and 7 ethyl-L- glutamate copolymers of L-glutamic acid and 7 ethyl-L- glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOTTM (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), sucrose acetate isobutyrate, and poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid.
  • LUPRON DEPOTTM injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate
  • sucrose acetate isobutyrate sucrose acetate isobutyrate
  • poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid.
  • compositions to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by, for example, filtration through sterile filtration membranes.
  • Therapeutic I L-7R antagonist compositions are generally placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
  • compositions according to the present invention may be in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, solutions or suspensions, or suppositories, for oral, parenteral or rectal administration, or administration by inhalation or insufflation.
  • the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention, or a non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical carrier e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water
  • a pharmaceutical carrier e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium
  • This solid preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention.
  • the tablets or pills of the novel composition can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action.
  • the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former.
  • the two components can be separated by an enteric layer that serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release.
  • enteric layers or coatings such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
  • Suitable surface-active agents include, in particular, non-ionic agents, such as polyoxyethylenesorbitans (e.g. TweenTM 20, 40, 60, 80 or 85) and other sorbitans (e.g. SpanTM 20, 40, 60, 80 or 85).
  • Compositions with a surface-active agent will conveniently comprise between 0.05 and 5% surface-active agent, and can be between 0.1 and 2.5%. It will be appreciated that other ingredients may be added, for example mannitol or other pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles, if necessary.
  • Suitable emulsions may be prepared using commercially available fat emulsions, such as IntralipidTM, LiposynTM, InfonutrolTM, LipofundinTM and LipiphysanTM.
  • the active ingredient may be either dissolved in a pre-mixed emulsion composition or alternatively it may be dissolved in an oil (e.g. soybean oil, safflower oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, corn oil or almond oil) and an emulsion formed upon mixing with a phospholipid (e.g. egg phospholipids, soybean phospholipids or soybean lecithin) and water.
  • an oil e.g. soybean oil, safflower oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, corn oil or almond oil
  • a phospholipid e.g. egg phospholipids, soybean phospholipids or soybean lecithin
  • other ingredients may be added, for example glycerol or glucose, to adjust the tonicity of the emulsion.
  • Suitable emulsions will typically contain up to 20% oil, for example, between 5 and 20%.
  • the fat emulsion can comprise fat droplets between 0.1 and 1.0 ⁇ , particularly 0.1 and 0.5 ⁇ , and have a pH in the range of 5.5 to 8.0.
  • the emulsion compositions can be those prepared by mixing an IL-7R antagonist with IntralipidTM or the components thereof (soybean oil, egg phospholipids, glycerol and water).
  • compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders.
  • the liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as set out above.
  • the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect.
  • Compositions in preferably sterile pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulised by use of gases. Nebulised solutions may be breathed directly from the nebulising device or the nebulising device may be attached to a face mask, tent or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine.
  • Solution, suspension or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices which deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner.
  • IL-7R antagonists IL-7R antagonists
  • IL-7R antagonist refers to any protein, peptide or nucleic acid molecule that blocks, suppresses or reduces (including significantly reduces) IL-7R biological activity, including downstream pathways mediated by IL-7R signaling, such as elicitation of a cellular response to I L-7R.
  • IL-7R antagonists include, without limitation, antagonist I L-7R antibodies, IL-7R siRNA, IL-7R shRNA, and IL-7R antisense oligonucleotides.
  • An IL-7R antagonist should exhibit any one or more of the following characteristics: (a) bind to I L-7R; (b) block IL-7R interaction with IL-7; (c) block or decrease IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation; (d) decrease blood glucose levels in vivo; (e) increase glucose tolerance in vivo; (f) reduce disease severity in experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE); (g) block or decrease PI3K phosphorylation; (h) block or decrease AKT phosphorylation; and (i) block IL-7R interaction with other yet to be identified factors.
  • EAE experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis
  • the IL-7R antagonist is an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody preferably reacts with IL-7Ra in a manner that inhibits IL-7R signaling function and IL-7 interaction.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody specifically recognizes primate I L-7R.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody binds primate and rodent IL-7R.
  • the antibodies useful in the present invention can encompass monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, antibody fragments (e.g., Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv, Fc, etc.), chimeric antibodies, bispecific antibodies, heteroconjugate antibodies, single chain (ScFv), mutants thereof, fusion proteins comprising an antibody portion (e.g., a domain antibody), humanized antibodies, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen recognition site of the required specificity, including glycosylation variants of antibodies, amino acid sequence variants of antibodies, and covalently modified antibodies.
  • the antibodies may be murine, rat, human, or any other origin (including chimeric or humanized antibodies).
  • the antagonist I L-7R antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody can also be humanized.
  • the antibody is human.
  • the antibody comprises a modified constant region, such as, for example without limitation, a constant region that has increased potential for provoking an immune response.
  • the constant region may be modified to have increased affinity to an Fc gamma receptor such as, e.g., FcyRI or FcyRIIA.
  • the antibody comprises a modified constant region, such as a constant region that is immunologically inert, that is, having a reduced potential for provoking an immune response.
  • the constant region is modified as described in Eur. J. Immunol., 1999, 29:2613-2624; PCT Application No. PCT/GB99/01441 ; and/or UK Patent Application No. 9809951.8.
  • the Fc can be human human lgG1 , human lgG2 or human lgG4.
  • the Fc can be human lgG2 containing the mutation A330P331 to S330S331 (lgG2Aa), in which the amino acid residues are numbered with reference to the wild type lgG2 sequence.
  • the antibody comprises a constant region of lgG 4 comprising the following mutations (Armour et al., 2003, Molecular Immunology 40 585- 593): E233F234L235 to P233V234A235 (lgG4Ac), in which the numbering is with reference to wild type lgG4.
  • the Fc is human lgG4 E233F234L235 to P233V234A235 with deletion G236 (lgG4Ab).
  • the Fc is any human lgG4 Fc (lgG4, lgG4Ab or lgG4Ac) containing hinge stabilizing mutation S228 to P228 (Aalberse et al., 2002, Immunology 105, 9-19).
  • the Fc can be aglycosylated Fc.
  • the constant region is aglycosylated by mutating the oligosaccharide attachment residue (such as Asn297) and/or flanking residues that are part of the glycosylation recognition sequence in the constant region.
  • the constant region is aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation enzymatically.
  • the constant region may be aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation enzymatically or by expression in a glycosylation deficient host cell.
  • the binding affinity (K D ) of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to IL-7R can be about 0.002 to about 200 nM.
  • the binding affinity is any of about 200 nM, about 100 nM, about 50 nM, about 10 nM, about 1 nM, about 500 pM, about 100 pM, about 60 pM, about 50 pM, about 20 pM, about 15 pM, about 10 pM, about 5 pM, or about 2 pM.
  • the binding affinity is less than any of about 250 nM, about 200 nM, about 100 nM, about 50 nM, about 10 nM, about 1 nM, about 500 pM, about 100 pM, about 50 pM, about 20 pM, about 10 pM, about 5 pM, or about 2 pM.
  • One way of determining binding affinity of antibodies to I L-7R is by measuring binding affinity of monofunctional Fab fragments of the antibody.
  • an antibody for example, IgG
  • an antibody can be cleaved with papain or expressed recombinantly.
  • the affinity of an IL-7R Fab fragment of an antibody can be determined by surface plasmon resonance (BiacoreTM3000TM surface plasmon resonance (SPR) system, BiacoreTM, INC, Piscataway NJ) equipped with pre- immobilized streptavidin sensor chips (SA) using HBS-EP running buffer (0.01 M HEPES, pH 7.4, 0.15 NaCI, 3 mM EDTA, 0.005% v/v Surfactant P20).
  • Biotinylated human IL-7R (or any other IL-7R) can be diluted into HBS-EP buffer to a concentration of less than 0.5 ⁇ g/mL and injected across the individual chip channels using variable contact times, to achieve two ranges of antigen density, either 50-200 response units (RU) for detailed kinetic studies or 800-1 ,000 RU for screening assays. Regeneration studies have shown that 25 mM NaOH in 25% v/v ethanol effectively removes the bound Fab while keeping the activity of IL-7R on the chip for over 200 injections.
  • RU response units
  • Equilibrium dissociation constant (K D ) values are calculated as k off /k on .
  • This protocol is suitable for use in determining binding affinity of an antibody to any IL-7R, including human IL-7R, IL-7R of another mammal (such as mouse I L-7R, rat IL-7R, primate IL-7R), as well as different forms of IL-7R. Binding affinity of an antibody is generally measured at 25°C, but can also be measured at 37°C.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibodies may be made by any method known in the art, including the method as provided in Example 1 .
  • the route and schedule of immunization of the host animal are generally in keeping with established and conventional techniques for antibody stimulation and production, as further described herein.
  • General techniques for production of human and mouse antibodies are known in the art and/or are described herein.
  • any mammalian subject including humans or antibody producing cells therefrom can be manipulated to serve as the basis for production of mammalian, including human, hybridoma cell lines.
  • the host animal is inoculated intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, orally, subcutaneously, intraplantar, and/or intradermally with an amount of immunogen, including as described herein.
  • Hybridomas can be prepared from the lymphocytes and immortalized myeloma cells using the general somatic cell hybridization technique of Kohler, B. and Milstein, C, 1975, Nature 256:495-497 or as modified by Buck, D. W., et al., In Vitro, 18:377-381 , 1982. Available myeloma lines, including but not limited to X63-Ag8.653 and those from the Salk Institute, Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif., USA, may be used in the hybridization. Generally, the technique involves fusing myeloma cells and lymphoid cells using a fusogen such as polyethylene glycol, or by electrical means well known to those skilled in the art.
  • a fusogen such as polyethylene glycol
  • the cells are separated from the fusion medium and grown in a selective growth medium, such as hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine (HAT) medium, to eliminate unhybridized parent cells.
  • a selective growth medium such as hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine (HAT) medium
  • HAT hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine
  • Any of the media described herein, supplemented with or without serum, can be used for culturing hybridomas that secrete monoclonal antibodies.
  • EBV immortalized B cells may be used to produce the IL-7R monoclonal antibodies of the subject invention.
  • hybridomas are expanded and subcloned, if desired, and supernatants are assayed for anti-immunogen activity by conventional immunoassay procedures (e.g., radioimmunoassay, enzyme immunoassay, or fluorescence immunoassay).
  • immunoassay procedures e.g., radioimmunoassay, enzyme immunoassay, or fluorescence immunoassay.
  • Hybridomas that may be used as source of antibodies encompass all derivatives, progeny cells of the parent hybridomas that produce monoclonal antibodies specific for IL-7R, or a portion thereof.
  • Hybridomas that produce such antibodies may be grown in vitro or in vivo using known procedures.
  • the monoclonal antibodies may be isolated from the culture media or body fluids, by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as ammonium sulfate precipitation, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, chromatography, and ultrafiltration, if desired.
  • Undesired activity, if present, can be removed, for example, by running the preparation over adsorbents made of the immunogen attached to a solid phase and eluting or releasing the desired antibodies off the immunogen.
  • a protein that is immunogenic in the species to be immunized e.g., keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, or
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody (monoclonal or polyclonal) of interest may be sequenced and the polynucleotide sequence may then be cloned into a vector for expression or propagation.
  • the sequence encoding the antibody of interest may be maintained in vector in a host cell and the host cell can then be expanded and frozen for future use.
  • Production of recombinant monoclonal antibodies in cell culture can be carried out through cloning of antibody genes from B cells by means known in the art. See, e.g. Tiller et al., 2008, J. Immunol. Methods 329, 1 12; US Patent No. 7,314,622.
  • the polynucleotide sequence may be used for genetic manipulation to "humanize” the antibody or to improve the affinity, or other characteristics of the antibody.
  • the constant region may be engineered to more nearly resemble human constant regions to avoid immune response if the antibody is used in clinical trials and treatments in humans. It may be desirable to genetically manipulate the antibody sequence to obtain greater affinity to IL-7R and greater efficacy in inhibiting I L-7R. It will be apparent to one of skill in the art that one or more polynucleotide changes can be made to the antagonist IL-7R antibody and still maintain its binding ability to IL-7R.
  • a number of "humanized" antibody molecules comprising an antigen-binding site derived from a non-human immunoglobulin have been described, including chimeric antibodies having rodent or modified rodent V regions and their associated CDRs fused to human constant regions. See, for example, Winter et al. Nature 349:293-299, 1991 , Lobuglio et al. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 86:4220-4224, 1989, Shaw et al. J Immunol. 138:4534-4538, 1987, and Brown et al. Cancer Res. 47:3577-3583, 1987. Other references describe rodent CDRs grafted into a human supporting framework region (FR) prior to fusion with an appropriate human antibody constant region.
  • FR human supporting framework region
  • Fully human antibodies may be obtained by using commercially available mice that have been engineered to express specific human immunoglobulin proteins.
  • Transgenic animals that are designed to produce a more desirable (e.g., fully human antibodies) or more robust immune response may also be used for generation of humanized or human antibodies. Examples of such technology are XenomouseTM from Abgenix, Inc. (Fremont, CA) and HuMAb-Mouse® and TC MouseTM from Medarex, Inc. (Princeton, NJ).
  • antibodies may be made recombinantly and expressed using any method known in the art.
  • antibodies may be made recombinantly by phage display technology. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos.
  • phage display technology can be used to produce human antibodies and antibody fragments in vitro, from immunoglobulin variable (V) domain gene repertoires from unimmunized donors.
  • V domain genes are cloned in-frame into either a major or minor coat protein gene of a filamentous bacteriophage, such as M13 or fd, and displayed as functional antibody fragments on the surface of the phage particle.
  • the filamentous particle contains a single-stranded DNA copy of the phage genome, selections based on the functional properties of the antibody also result in selection of the gene encoding the antibody exhibiting those properties.
  • the phage mimics some of the properties of the B cell.
  • Phage display can be performed in a variety of formats; for review see, e.g., Johnson, Kevin S. and Chiswell, David J., Current Opinion in Structural Biology 3:564-571 , 1993.
  • V-gene segments can be used for phage display.
  • Antibodies may be made recombinantly by first isolating the antibodies and antibody producing cells from host animals, obtaining the gene sequence, and using the gene sequence to express the antibody recombinantly in host cells (e.g., CHO cells). Another method which may be employed is to express the antibody sequence in plants (e.g., tobacco) or transgenic milk. Methods for expressing antibodies recombinantly in plants or milk have been disclosed. See, for example, Peeters, et al. Vaccine 19:2756, 2001 ; Lonberg, N. and D. Huszar Int. Rev. Immunol 13:65, 1995; and Pollock, et al., J Immunol Methods 231 :147, 1999. Methods for making derivatives of antibodies, e.g., humanized, single chain, etc. are known in the art.
  • Immunoassays and flow cytometry sorting techniques such as fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) can also be employed to isolate antibodies that are specific for IL-7R.
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • the antibodies can be bound to many different carriers.
  • Carriers can be active and/or inert. Examples of well-known carriers include polypropylene, polystyrene, polyethylene, dextran, nylon, amylases, glass, natural and modified celluloses, polyacrylamides, agaroses and magnetite. The nature of the carrier can be either soluble or insoluble for purposes of the invention. Those skilled in the art will know of other suitable carriers for binding antibodies, or will be able to ascertain such, using routine experimentation.
  • the carrier comprises a moiety that targets the myocardium.
  • DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies is readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the monoclonal antibodies).
  • the hybridoma cells serve as a preferred source of such DNA.
  • the DNA may be placed into expression vectors (such as expression vectors disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462), which are then transfected into host cells such as E. coli cells, simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells.
  • expression vectors such as expression vectors disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462
  • host cells such as E. coli cells, simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells
  • the DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant regions in place of the homologous murine sequences, Morrison et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 81 :6851 , 1984, or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide.
  • "chimeric" or “hybrid” antibodies are prepared that have the binding specificity of an IL- 7R monoclonal antibody herein.
  • Antagonist IL-7R antibodies can be identified or characterized using methods known in the art, whereby reduction, amelioration, or neutralization of IL-7R biological activity is detected and/or measured.
  • an antagonist IL-7R antibody is identified by incubating a candidate agent with IL-7R and monitoring binding and/or attendant reduction or neutralization of a biological activity of IL-7R.
  • the binding assay may be performed with purified IL-7R polypeptide(s), or with cells naturally expressing, or transfected to express, I L-7R polypeptide(s).
  • the binding assay is a competitive binding assay, where the ability of a candidate antibody to compete with a known IL-7R antagonist for IL-7R binding is evaluated.
  • the assay may be performed in various formats, including the ELISA format.
  • an antagonist IL-7R antibody is identified by incubating a candidate agent with IL-7R and monitoring binding and attendant inhibition of STAT5 phorphorylation.
  • a candidate antagonist IL-7R antibody can be further confirmed and refined by bioassays, known to test the targeted biological activities. Alternatively, bioassays can be used to screen candidates directly. Some of the methods for identifying and characterizing antagonist IL-7R antibodies are described in detail in the Examples. Antagonist IL-7R antibodies may be characterized using methods well known in the art.
  • one method is to identify the epitope to which it binds, or "epitope mapping.”
  • epitope mapping There are many methods known in the art for mapping and characterizing the location of epitopes on proteins, including solving the crystal structure of an antibody-antigen complex, competition assays, gene fragment expression assays, and synthetic peptide-based assays, as described, for example, in Chapter 1 1 of Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies, a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 1999.
  • epitope mapping can be used to determine the sequence to which an antagonist IL-7R antibody binds.
  • Epitope mapping is commercially available from various sources, for example, Pepscan Systems (Edelhertweg 15, 8219 PH Lelystad, The Netherlands).
  • the epitope can be a linear epitope, i.e., contained in a single stretch of amino acids, or a conformational epitope formed by a three-dimensional interaction of amino acids that may not necessarily be contained in a single stretch.
  • Peptides of varying lengths e.g., at least 4-6 amino acids long
  • the epitope to which the antagonist IL-7R antibody binds can be determined in a systematic screening by using overlapping peptides derived from the IL-7R sequence and determining binding by the antagonist I L-7R antibody.
  • the open reading frame encoding IL-7R is fragmented either randomly or by specific genetic constructions and the reactivity of the expressed fragments of IL-7R with the antibody to be tested is determined.
  • the gene fragments may, for example, be produced by PCR and then transcribed and translated into protein in vitro, in the presence of radioactive amino acids. The binding of the antibody to the radioactively labeled IL-7R fragments is then determined by immunoprecipitation and gel electrophoresis.
  • Certain epitopes can also be identified by using large libraries of random peptide sequences displayed on the surface of phage particles (phage libraries). Alternatively, a defined library of overlapping peptide fragments can be tested for binding to the test antibody in simple binding assays. In an additional example, mutagenesis of an antigen binding domain, domain swapping experiments and alanine scanning mutagenesis can be performed to identify residues required, sufficient, and/or necessary for epitope binding.
  • domain swapping experiments can be performed using a mutant IL-7R in which various fragments of the IL-7R polypeptide have been replaced (swapped) with sequences from IL-7R from another species, or a closely related, but antigenically distinct protein (such as another member of the proprotein convertase family).
  • a mutant IL-7R in which various fragments of the IL-7R polypeptide have been replaced (swapped) with sequences from IL-7R from another species, or a closely related, but antigenically distinct protein (such as another member of the proprotein convertase family).
  • Yet another method which can be used to characterize an antagonist IL-7R antibody is to use competition assays with other antibodies known to bind to the same antigen, i.e., various fragments on IL-7R, to determine if the antagonist I L-7R antibody binds to the same epitope as other antibodies.
  • Competition assays are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • An expression vector can be used to direct expression of an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • One skilled in the art is familiar with administration of expression vectors to obtain expression of an exogenous protein in vivo. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 6,436,908; 6,413,942; and 6,376,471.
  • Administration of expression vectors includes local or systemic administration, including injection, oral administration, particle gun or catheterized administration, and topical administration.
  • the expression vector is administered directly to the sympathetic trunk or ganglion, or into a coronary artery, atrium, ventrical, or pericardium.
  • Targeted delivery of therapeutic compositions containing an expression vector, or subgenomic polynucleotides can also be used.
  • Receptor-mediated DNA delivery techniques are described in, for example, Findeis et al., Trends Biotechnol., 1993, 1 1 :202; Chiou et al., Gene Therapeutics: Methods And Applications Of Direct Gene Transfer, J.A. Wolff, ed., 1994; Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1988, 263:621 ; Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1994, 269:542; Zenke et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • compositions containing a polynucleotide are administered in a range of about 100 ng to about 200 mg of DNA for local administration in a gene therapy protocol. Concentration ranges of about 500 ng to about 50 mg, about 1 ⁇ g to about 2 mg, about 5 ⁇ g to about 500 ⁇ g, and about 20 ⁇ g to about 100 ⁇ g of DNA can also be used during a gene therapy protocol.
  • the therapeutic polynucleotides and polypeptides can be delivered using gene delivery vehicles.
  • the gene delivery vehicle can be of viral or non-viral origin (see generally, Jolly, Cancer Gene Therapy, 1994, 1 :51 ; Kimura, Human Gene Therapy, 1994, 5:845; Connelly, Human Gene Therapy, 1995, 1 : 185; and Kaplitt, Nature Genetics, 1994, 6:148). Expression of such coding sequences can be induced using endogenous mammalian or heterologous promoters. Expression of the coding sequence can be either constitutive or regulated.
  • Viral-based vectors for delivery of a desired polynucleotide and expression in a desired cell are well known in the art.
  • Exemplary viral-based vehicles include, but are not limited to, recombinant retroviruses (see, e.g., PCT Publication Nos. WO 90/07936; WO 94/03622; WO 93/25698; WO 93/25234; WO 93/1 1230; WO 93/10218; WO 91/02805; U.S. Patent Nos. 5, 219,740 and 4,777, 127; GB Patent No. 2,200,651 ; and EP Patent No.
  • alphavirus-based vectors e.g., Sindbis virus vectors, Semliki forest virus (ATCC VR-67; ATCC VR-1247), Ross River virus (ATCC VR-373; ATCC VR-1246) and Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus (ATCC VR-923; ATCC VR-1250; ATCC VR 1249; ATCC VR-532)
  • AAV adeno-associated virus
  • Non-viral delivery vehicles and methods can also be employed, including, but not limited to, polycationic condensed DNA linked or unlinked to killed adenovirus alone (see, e.g., Curiel, Hum. Gene Ther., 1992, 3:147); ligand-linked DNA (see, e.g., Wu, J. Biol. Chem., 1989, 264:16985); eukaryotic cell delivery vehicles cells (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,814,482; PCT Publication Nos. WO 95/07994; WO 96/17072; WO 95/30763; and WO 97/42338) and nucleic charge neutralization or fusion with cell membranes. Naked DNA can also be employed.
  • Exemplary naked DNA introduction methods are described in PCT Publication No. WO 90/1 1092 and U.S. Patent No. 5,580,859.
  • Liposomes that can act as gene delivery vehicles are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,422, 120; PCT Publication Nos. WO 95/13796; WO 94/23697; WO 91/14445; and EP 0524968. Additional approaches are described in Philip, Mol. Cell Biol., 1994, 14:241 1 , and in Woffendin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 1994, 91 :1581.
  • compositions comprising antibodies described herein or made by the methods and having the characteristics described herein.
  • compositions comprise one or more antibodies that antagonize the interaction of IL-7R with IL-7, and/or one or more polynucleotides comprising sequences encoding one or more these antibodies.
  • compositions may further comprise suitable excipients, such as pharmaceutically acceptable excipients including buffers, which are well known in the art.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibodies of the invention are characterized by any (one or more) of the following characteristics: (a) bind to IL-7R; (b) block IL-7R interaction with IL-7; (c) block or decrease IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation; (d) decrease blood glucose levels in vivo; (e) improve glucose tolerance in vivo; and (f) reduce disease severity in EAE.
  • antagonist IL-7R antibodies have two or more of these features. More preferably, the antibodies have three or more of the features. More preferably, the antibodies have four or more of the features. More preferably, the antibodies have five or more of the features. Most preferably, the antibodies have all six characteristics.
  • compositions comprising any of the following: (a) an antibody having a partial light chain sequence of
  • TKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 1 ) NO: 2)
  • CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLS GNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDN
  • TKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 5) NO: 6)
  • CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLS GNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDN
  • TKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 7) NO: 8)
  • TKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 9) NO: 10)
  • TKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 1 1 ) NO: 12)
  • CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVS GSSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDN
  • TKLTVL (SEQ ID NO: 41 ) NO: 40)
  • CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVS GSSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDN
  • underlined sequences are CDR sequences according to Kabat and in bold according to Chothia.
  • the invention also provides CDR portions of antibodies to IL-7R (including Chothia, Kabat CDRs, and CDR contact regions). Determination of CDR regions is well within the skill of the art. It is understood that in some embodiments, CDRs can be a combination of the Kabat and Chothia CDR (also termed “combined CRs" or “extended CDRs”). In some embodiments, the CDRs are the Kabat CDRs. In other embodiments, the CDRs are the Chothia CDRs. In other words, in embodiments with more than one CDR, the CDRs may be any of Kabat, Chothia, combination CDRs, or combinations thereof. Table 2 provides examples of CDR sequences provided herein.
  • P2D2 DSVMH (SEQ ID LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG QGDYVFNN (SEQ ID NO: 19) (SEQ ID NO: 23) ID NO: 26)
  • HAL DSVMH (SEQ ID LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG QGDYMGNN (SEQ 403a NO: 19) (SEQ ID NO: 23) ID NO: 28)
  • HAL DSVMH (SEQ ID LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG QGDYMGNN (SEQ 403b NO: 19) (SEQ ID NO: 23) ID NO: 28)
  • Heavy X X 2 VMH wherein XiX 2 X3X 4 X 5 GX 6 X 7 TYYADSV Xi X 2 X3X4X5X6X 7 X8 , Chain X-i is D or N; X 2 is S KG, wherein Xi is L or A; X 2 wherein Xi is Q or consen or Y (SEQ ID NO: is V or I; X 3 is G or S; X 4 is W D; X 2 is G or I; X 3 is sus 50) or G; X 5 is D or S; X 6 is F, G D or S; X 4 is Y or G;
  • X 7 is F, A or S (SEQ ID X 5 is M, V or G; X 6 NO: 51 ) is G or F; X 7 is N, D or M; X 8 is N, Y or D (SEQ ID NO: 52)
  • X 5 is H or S
  • X 6 is H or S
  • X 7 is V or W (SEQ ID NO: 55)
  • CDR contact regions are regions of an antibody that imbue specificity to the antibody for an antigen.
  • CDR contact regions include the residue positions in the CDRs and Vernier zones which are constrained in order to maintain proper loop structure for the antibody to bind a specific antigen. See, e.g., Makabe et al., 2007, "Thermodynamic Consequences of Mutations in Vernier Zone Residues of a Humanized Anti-human Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Murine Antibody," Journal of Biological Chemistry, 283: 1 156-1 166. Determination of CDR contact regions is well within the skill of the art.
  • an antagonist IL-7R antibody comprises one or more CDR contact regions comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of FTFDDSVM (SEQ ID NO: 56), GWDGFF (SEQ ID NO: 57), ARX 1 X 2 X 3 X 4 wherein Xi, X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 can be any amino acid, (SEQ ID NO: 58), SGSIDSSY (SEQ ID NO: 59), EDDQRPSGV (SEQ ID NO: 60), and FHHL (SEQ ID NO: 61 ).
  • the binding affinity (KD) of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to IL-7R can be about 0.002 to about 200 nM.
  • the binding affinity is any of about 200 nM, 100 nM, about 50 nM, about 10 nM, about 1 nM, about 500 pM, about 100 pM, about 60 pM, about 50 pM, about 20 pM, about 15 pM, about 10 pM, about 5 pM, or about 2 pM.
  • the binding affinity is less than any of about 250 nM, about 200 nM, about 100 nM, about 50 nM, about 10 nM, about 1 nM, about 500 pM, about 100 pM, or about 50 pM.
  • the invention also provides methods of making any of these antibodies.
  • the antibodies of this invention can be made by procedures known in the art.
  • the polypeptides can be produced by proteolytic or other degradation of the antibodies, by recombinant methods (i.e., single or fusion polypeptides) as described above or by chemical synthesis.
  • Polypeptides of the antibodies, especially shorter polypeptides up to about 50 amino acids, are conveniently made by chemical synthesis. Methods of chemical synthesis are known in the art and are commercially available.
  • an antibody could be produced by an automated polypeptide synthesizer employing the solid phase method. See also, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,807,715; 4,816,567; and 6,331 ,415.
  • a polynucleotide comprises a sequence encoding the heavy chain and/or the light chain variable regions of antibody P3A9, P4B3, P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a, HAL403b, C1 GM, or C2M3.
  • the sequence encoding the antibody of interest may be maintained in a vector in a host cell and the host cell can then be expanded and frozen for future use.
  • Vectors (including expression vectors) and host cells are further described herein.
  • the invention also encompasses scFv of antibodies of this invention.
  • Single chain variable region fragments are made by linking light and/or heavy chain variable regions by using a short linking peptide (Bird et al., 1988, Science 242:423-426).
  • An example of a linking peptide is (GGGGS) 3 (SEQ ID NO: 13), which bridges approximately 3.5 nm between the carboxy terminus of one variable region and the amino terminus of the other variable region.
  • Linkers of other sequences have been designed and used (Bird et al., 1988, supra). Linkers should be short, flexible polypeptides and preferably comprised of less than about 20 amino acid residues.
  • Linkers can in turn be modified for additional functions, such as attachment of drugs or attachment to solid supports.
  • the single chain variants can be produced either recombinantly or synthetically.
  • an automated synthesizer can be used for synthetic production of scFv.
  • a suitable plasmid containing polynucleotide that encodes the scFv can be introduced into a suitable host cell, either eukaryotic, such as yeast, plant, insect or mammalian cells, or prokaryotic, such as E. coli.
  • Polynucleotides encoding the scFv of interest can be made by routine manipulations such as ligation of polynucleotides.
  • the resultant scFv can be isolated using standard protein purification techniques known in the art.
  • Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which heavy chain variable (VH) and light chain variable (VL) domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al., 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al., 1994, Structure 2:1 121 -1 123).
  • VH heavy chain variable
  • VL light chain variable
  • bispecific antibodies monoclonal antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different antigens
  • Methods for making bispecific antibodies are known in the art (see, e.g., Suresh et al., 1986, Methods in Enzymology 121 :210).
  • the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies was based on the coexpression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, with the two heavy chains having different specificities (Millstein and Cuello, 1983, Nature 305, 537-539).
  • antibody variable domains with the desired binding specificities are fused to immunoglobulin constant region sequences.
  • the fusion preferably is with an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2 and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy chain constant region (CH1 ), containing the site necessary for light chain binding, present in at least one of the fusions.
  • DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy chain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are cotransfected into a suitable host organism.
  • the bispecific antibodies are composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm, and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) in the other arm.
  • This asymmetric structure, with an immunoglobulin light chain in only one half of the bispecific molecule, facilitates the separation of the desired bispecific compound from unwanted immunoglobulin chain combinations. This approach is described in PCT Publication No. WO 94/04690.
  • Heteroconjugate antibodies comprising two covalently joined antibodies, are also within the scope of the invention. Such antibodies have been used to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (PCT Publication Nos. WO 91/00360 and WO 92/200373; EP 03089). Heteroconjugate antibodies may be made using any convenient cross-linking methods. Suitable cross-linking agents and techniques are well known in the art, and are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980.
  • Chimeric or hybrid antibodies also may be prepared in vitro using known methods of synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving cross-linking agents.
  • immunotoxins may be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond.
  • suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate.
  • Humanized antibodies can be made using any methods know in the art. For example, four general steps may be used to humanize a monoclonal antibody. These are: (1 ) determining the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of the starting antibody light and heavy variable domains (2) designing the humanized antibody, i.e., deciding which antibody framework region to use during the humanizing process (3) the actual humanizing methodologies/techniques and (4) the transfection and expression of the humanized antibody. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,816,567; 5,807,715; 5,866,692; 6,331 ,415; 5,530, 101 ; 5,693,761 ; 5,693,762; 5,585,089; and 6, 180,370.
  • the Fey portion can be modified to avoid interaction with Fey receptor and the complement and immune systems.
  • the techniques for preparation of such antibodies are described in WO 99/58572.
  • the constant region may be engineered to more resemble human constant regions to avoid immune response if the antibody is used in clinical trials and treatments in humans. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,997,867 and 5,866,692.
  • the invention encompasses modifications to the antibodies and polypeptides of the invention variants shown in Table 1 , including functionally equivalent antibodies which do not significantly affect their properties and variants which have enhanced or decreased activity and/or affinity.
  • the amino acid sequence may be mutated to obtain an antibody with the desired binding affinity to IL-7R.
  • modified polypeptides include polypeptides with conservative substitutions of amino acid residues, one or more deletions or additions of amino acids which do not significantly deleteriously change the functional activity, or which mature (enhance) the affinity of the polypeptide for its ligand, or use of chemical analogs.
  • Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues.
  • terminal insertions include an antibody with an N-terminal methionyl residue or the antibody fused to an epitope tag.
  • Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody of an enzyme or a polypeptide which increases the half-life of the antibody in the blood circulation.
  • Substitution variants have at least one amino acid residue in the antibody molecule removed and a different residue inserted in its place.
  • the sites of greatest interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the hypervariable regions, but FR alterations are also contemplated.
  • Conservative substitutions are shown in Table 3 under the heading of "conservative substitutions.” If such substitutions result in a change in biological activity, then more substantial changes, denominated "exemplary substitutions" in Table 3, or as further described below in reference to amino acid classes, may be introduced and the products screened.
  • Substantial modifications in the biological properties of the antibody are accomplished by selecting substitutions that differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
  • Naturally occurring residues are divided into groups based on common side-chain properties:
  • Non-conservative substitutions are made by exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class. Any cysteine residue not involved in maintaining the proper conformation of the antibody also may be substituted, generally with serine, to improve the oxidative stability of the molecule and prevent aberrant cross-linking. Conversely, cysteine bond(s) may be added to the antibody to improve its stability, particularly where the antibody is an antibody fragment such as an Fv fragment.
  • Amino acid modifications can range from changing or modifying one or more amino acids to complete redesign of a region, such as the variable region. Changes in the variable region can alter binding affinity and/or specificity. In some embodiments, no more than one to five conservative amino acid substitutions are made within a CDR domain. In other embodiments, no more than one to three conservative amino acid substitutions are made within a CDR domain. In still other embodiments, the CDR domain is CDR H3 and/or CDR L3.
  • Modifications also include glycosylated and nonglycosylated polypeptides, as well as polypeptides with other post-translational modifications, such as, for example, glycosylation with different sugars, acetylation, and phosphorylation.
  • Antibodies are glycosylated at conserved positions in their constant regions (Jefferis and Lund, 1997, Chem. Immunol. 65:1 1 1 -128; Wright and Morrison, 1997, TibTECH 15:26-32).
  • the oligosaccharide side chains of the immunoglobulins affect the protein's function (Boyd et al., 1996, Mol. Immunol. 32:131 1 -1318; Wittwe and Howard, 1990, Biochem.
  • Oligosaccharides may also serve to target a given glycoprotein to certain molecules based upon specific recognition structures. Glycosylation of antibodies has also been reported to affect antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC).
  • CHO cells with tetracycline-regulated expression of 3(1 ,4)-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase III (GnTIII), a glycosyltransferase catalyzing formation of bisecting GlcNAc, was reported to have improved ADCC activity (Umana et al., 1999, Mature Biotech. 17: 176-180).
  • N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue.
  • the tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine, asparagine-X-threonine, and asparagine-X-cysteine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain.
  • O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
  • glycosylation sites to the antibody is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above- described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites).
  • the alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the sequence of the original antibody (for O-linked glycosylation sites).
  • glycosylation pattern of antibodies may also be altered without altering the underlying nucleotide sequence. Glycosylation largely depends on the host cell used to express the antibody. Since the cell type used for expression of recombinant glycoproteins, e.g. antibodies, as potential therapeutics is rarely the native cell, variations in the glycosylation pattern of the antibodies can be expected (see, e.g. Hse et al., 1997, J. Biol. Chem. 272:9062-9070).
  • factors that affect glycosylation during recombinant production of antibodies include growth mode, media formulation, culture density, oxygenation, pH, purification schemes and the like.
  • Various methods have been proposed to alter the glycosylation pattern achieved in a particular host organism including introducing or overexpressing certain enzymes involved in oligosaccharide production (U.S. Patent Nos. 5,047,335; 5,510,261 and 5,278,299).
  • Glycosylation or certain types of glycosylation, can be enzymatically removed from the glycoprotein, for example, using endoglycosidase H (Endo H), N-glycosidase F, endoglycosidase F1 , endoglycosidase F2, endoglycosidase F3.
  • Endo H endoglycosidase H
  • N-glycosidase F N-glycosidase F
  • endoglycosidase F1 endoglycosidase F2
  • endoglycosidase F3 endoglycosidase F3
  • the recombinant host cell can be genetically engineered to be defective in processing certain types of polysaccharides.
  • Modifications include using coupling techniques known in the art, including, but not limited to, enzymatic means, oxidative substitution and chelation. Modifications can be used, for example, for attachment of labels for immunoassay. Modified polypeptides are made using established procedures in the art and can be screened using standard assays known in the art, some of which are described below and in the Examples.
  • the antibody comprises a modified constant region, such as a constant region that has increased affinity to a human Fc gamma receptor, is immunologically inert or partially inert, e.g., does not trigger complement mediated lysis, does not stimulate antibody-dependent cell mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), or does not activate microglia; or has reduced activities (compared to the unmodified antibody) in any one or more of the following: triggering complement mediated lysis, stimulating antibody-dependent cell mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), or activating microglia.
  • Different modifications of the constant region may be used to achieve optimal level and/or combination of effector functions.
  • the constant region is modified as described in Eur. J. Immunol., 1999, 29:2613-2624; PCT Application No. PCT/GB99/01441 ; and/or UK Patent Application No. 9809951.8.
  • the antibody comprises a human heavy chain lgG2 constant region comprising the following mutations: A330P331 to S330S331 (amino acid numbering with reference to the wild type lgG2 sequence). Eur. J. Immunol., 1999, 29:2613-2624.
  • the constant region is aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation.
  • the constant region is aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation by mutating the glycosylated amino acid residue or flanking residues that are part of the N-glycosylation recognition sequence in the constant region.
  • N-glycosylation site N297 may be mutated to A, Q, K, or H.
  • the constant region is aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation.
  • the constant region may be aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation enzymatically (such as removing carbohydrate by enzyme PNGase), or by expression in a glycosylation deficient host cell.
  • antibody modifications include antibodies that have been modified as described in PCT Publication No. WO 99/58572. These antibodies comprise, in addition to a binding domain directed at the target molecule, an effector domain having an amino acid sequence substantially homologous to all or part of a constant region of a human immunoglobulin heavy chain. These antibodies are capable of binding the target molecule without triggering significant complement dependent lysis, or cell-mediated destruction of the target. In some embodiments, the effector domain is capable of specifically binding FcRn and/or FcYRIIb. These are typically based on chimeric domains derived from two or more human immunoglobulin heavy chain CH2 domains. Antibodies modified in this manner are particularly suitable for use in chronic antibody therapy, to avoid inflammatory and other adverse reactions to conventional antibody therapy.
  • affinity matured antibodies can be produced by procedures known in the art (Marks et al., 1992, Bio/Technology, 10:779-783; Barbas et al., 1994, Proc Nat. Acad. Sci, USA 91 :3809- 3813; Schier et al., 1995, Gene, 169: 147-155; Yelton et al., 1995, J. Immunol., 155:1994-2004; Jackson et al., 1995, J. Immunol., 154(7):3310-9; Hawkins et al., 1992, J. Mol. Biol., 226:889-896; and PCT Publication No. WO2004/058184).
  • library scanning mutagenesis One way of characterizing a CDR of an antibody and/or altering (such as improving) the binding affinity of a polypeptide, such as an antibody, termed "library scanning mutagenesis".
  • library scanning mutagenesis works as follows. One or more amino acid positions in the CDR are replaced with two or more (such as 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) amino acids using art recognized methods. This generates small libraries of clones (in some embodiments, one for every amino acid position that is analyzed), each with a complexity of two or more members (if two or more amino acids are substituted at every position).
  • the library also includes a clone comprising the native (unsubstituted) amino acid.
  • a small number of clones, e.g., about 20-80 clones (depending on the complexity of the library), from each library are screened for binding affinity to the target polypeptide (or other binding target), and candidates with increased, the same, decreased, or no binding are identified. Methods for determining binding affinity are well-known in the art. Binding affinity may be determined using BiacoreTM surface plasmon resonance analysis, which detects differences in binding affinity of about 2-fold or greater. BiacoreTM is particularly useful when the starting antibody already binds with a relatively high affinity, for example a K D of about 10 nM or lower.
  • Binding affinity may be determined using Kinexa Biocensor, scintillation proximity assays, ELISA, ORIGEN immunoassay (IGEN), fluorescence quenching, fluorescence transfer, and/or yeast display. Binding affinity may also be screened using a suitable bioassay.
  • every amino acid position in a CDR is replaced (in some embodiments, one at a time) with all 20 natural amino acids using art recognized mutagenesis methods (some of which are described herein). This generates small libraries of clones (in some embodiments, one for every amino acid position that is analyzed), each with a complexity of 20 members (if all 20 amino acids are substituted at every position).
  • the library to be screened comprises substitutions in two or more positions, which may be in the same CDR or in two or more CDRs.
  • the library may comprise substitutions in two or more positions in one CDR.
  • the library may comprise substitution in two or more positions in two or more CDRs.
  • the library may comprise substitution in 3, 4, 5, or more positions, said positions found in two, three, four, five or six CDRs.
  • the substitution may be prepared using low redundancy codons. See, e.g., Table 2 of Balint et al., 1993, Gene 137(1 ):109-18.
  • the CDR may be CDRH3 and/or CDRL3.
  • the CDR may be one or more of CDRL1 , CDRL2, CDRL3, CDRH1 , CDRH2, and/or CDRH3.
  • the CDR may be a Kabat CDR, a Chothia CDR, or an extended CDR.
  • Candidates with improved binding may be sequenced, thereby identifying a CDR substitution mutant which results in improved affinity (also termed an "improved" substitution).
  • Candidates that bind may also be sequenced, thereby identifying a CDR substitution which retains binding.
  • candidates each comprising an amino acid substitution at one or more position of one or more CDR
  • candidates with improved binding are also useful for the design of a second library containing at least the original and substituted amino acid at each improved CDR position (i.e., amino acid position in the CDR at which a substitution mutant showed improved binding).
  • Preparation, and screening or selection of this library is discussed further below.
  • Library scanning mutagenesis also provides a means for characterizing a CDR, in so far as the frequency of clones with improved binding, the same binding, decreased binding or no binding also provide information relating to the importance of each amino acid position for the stability of the antibody-antigen complex. For example, if a position of the CDR retains binding when changed to all 20 amino acids, that position is identified as a position that is unlikely to be required for antigen binding. Conversely, if a position of CDR retains binding in only a small percentage of substitutions, that position is identified as a position that is important to CDR function.
  • the library scanning mutagenesis methods generate information regarding positions in the CDRs that can be changed to many different amino acids (including all 20 amino acids), and positions in the CDRs which cannot be changed or which can only be changed to a few amino acids.
  • Candidates with improved affinity may be combined in a second library, which includes the improved amino acid, the original amino acid at that position, and may further include additional substitutions at that position, depending on the complexity of the library that is desired, or permitted using the desired screening or selection method.
  • adjacent amino acid position can be randomized to at least two or more amino acids. Randomization of adjacent amino acids may permit additional conformational flexibility in the mutant CDR, which may in turn, permit or facilitate the introduction of a larger number of improving mutations.
  • the library may also comprise substitution at positions that did not show improved affinity in the first round of screening.
  • the second library is screened or selected for library members with improved and/or altered binding affinity using any method known in the art, including screening using BiacoreTM surface plasmon resonance analysis, and selection using any method known in the art for selection, including phage display, yeast display, and ribosome display.
  • fusion proteins comprising one or more fragments or regions from the antibodies of this invention.
  • a fusion polypeptide is provided that comprises at least 10 contiguous amino acids of the variable light chain region shown in SEQ ID NOs: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 41 or 44 and/or at least 10 amino acids of the variable heavy chain region shown in SEQ I D NOs: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 40.
  • a fusion polypeptide is provided that comprises at least about 10, at least about 15, at least about 20, at least about 25, or at least about 30 contiguous amino acids of the variable light chain region and/or at least about 10, at least about 15, at least about 20, at least about 25, or at least about 30 contiguous amino acids of the variable heavy chain region.
  • the fusion polypeptide comprises a light chain variable region and/or a heavy chain variable region, as shown in any of the sequence pairs selected from among SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, 3 and 4, 5 and 6, 7 and 8, 9 and 10, 1 1 and 12, 41 and 40, and 44 and 40.
  • the fusion polypeptide comprises one or more CDR(s).
  • the fusion polypeptide comprises CDR H3 (VH CDR3) and/or CDR L3 (VL CDR3).
  • a fusion protein contains one or more antibodies and another amino acid sequence to which it is not attached in the native molecule, for example, a heterologous sequence or a homologous sequence from another region.
  • Exemplary heterologous sequences include, but are not limited to a "tag" such as a FLAG tag or a 6His tag. Tags are well known in the art.
  • a fusion polypeptide can be created by methods known in the art, for example, synthetically or recombinantly.
  • the fusion proteins of this invention are made by preparing an expressing a polynucleotide encoding them using recombinant methods described herein, although they may also be prepared by other means known in the art, including, for example, chemical synthesis.
  • compositions comprising antibodies conjugated (for example, linked) to an agent that facilitate coupling to a solid support (such as biotin or avidin).
  • a solid support such as biotin or avidin.
  • Conjugation generally refers to linking these components as described herein.
  • the linking (which is generally fixing these components in proximate association at least for administration) can be achieved in any number of ways. For example, a direct reaction between an agent and an antibody is possible when each possesses a substituent capable of reacting with the other.
  • a nucleophilic group such as an amino or sulfhydryl group
  • a carbonyl-containing group such as an anhydride or an acid halide, or with an alkyl group containing a good leaving group (e.g., a halide) on the other.
  • An antibody or polypeptide of this invention may be linked to a labeling agent such as a fluorescent molecule, a radioactive molecule or any others labels known in the art. Labels are known in the art which generally provide (either directly or indirectly) a signal.
  • the invention also provides compositions (including pharmaceutical compositions) and kits comprising, as this disclosure makes clear, any or all of the antibodies and/or polypeptides described herein.
  • the invention also provides isolated polynucleotides encoding the antibodies of the invention, and vectors and host cells comprising the polynucleotide.
  • the invention provides polynucleotides (or compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions), comprising polynucleotides encoding any of the following: the antibodies C1 GM, C2M3, P3A9, P4B3, P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a and HAL403b, or any fragment or part thereof having the ability to antagonize IL-7R.
  • the invention provides polynucleotides encoding any of the antibodies (including antibody fragments) and polypeptides described herein, such as antibodies and polypeptides having impaired effector function.
  • Polynucleotides can be made and expressed by procedures known in the art.
  • the invention provides compositions (such as a pharmaceutical compositions) comprising any of the polynucleotides of the invention.
  • the composition comprises an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide encoding the antibody as described herein.
  • the composition comprises an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide encoding any of the antibodies described herein.
  • the composition comprises either or both of the polynucleotides shown in SEQ ID NO: 38 and SEQ ID NO: 39 below:
  • composition comprises either or both of the polynucleotides shown in SEQ ID NO: 14 and SEQ ID NO: 15 below:
  • the invention provides a method of making any of the polynucleotides described herein.
  • Polynucleotides complementary to any such sequences are also encompassed by the present invention.
  • Polynucleotides may be single-stranded (coding or antisense) or double-stranded, and may be DNA (genomic, cDNA or synthetic) or RNA molecules.
  • RNA molecules include HnRNA molecules, which contain introns and correspond to a DNA molecule in a one-to-one manner, and mRNA molecules, which do not contain introns. Additional coding or non-coding sequences may, but need not, be present within a polynucleotide of the present invention, and a polynucleotide may, but need not, be linked to other molecules and/or support materials.
  • Polynucleotides may comprise a native sequence (i.e., an endogenous sequence that encodes an antibody or a portion thereof) or may comprise a variant of such a sequence.
  • Polynucleotide variants contain one or more substitutions, additions, deletions and/or insertions such that the immunoreactivity of the encoded polypeptide is not diminished, relative to a native immunoreactive molecule. The effect on the immunoreactivity of the encoded polypeptide may generally be assessed as described herein.
  • Variants preferably exhibit at least about 70% identity, more preferably, at least about 80% identity, yet more preferably, at least about 90% identity, and most preferably, at least about 95% identity to a polynucleotide sequence that encodes a native antibody or a portion thereof.
  • Two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are said to be “identical” if the sequence of nucleotides or amino acids in the two sequences is the same when aligned for maximum correspondence as described below. Comparisons between two sequences are typically performed by comparing the sequences over a comparison window to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity.
  • a “comparison window” as used herein refers to a segment of at least about 20 contiguous positions, usually 30 to about 75, or 40 to about 50, in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
  • Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted using the Megalign program in the Lasergene suite of bioinformatics software (DNASTAR, Inc., Madison, Wl), using default parameters.
  • This program embodies several alignment schemes described in the following references: Dayhoff, M.O., 1978, A model of evolutionary change in proteins - Matrices for detecting distant relationships. In Dayhoff, M.O. (ed.) Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure, National Biomedical Research Foundation, Washington DC Vol. 5, Suppl. 3, pp. 345-358; Hein J., 1990, Unified Approach to Alignment and Phylogenes pp. 626-645 Methods in Enzymology vol.
  • the "percentage of sequence identity” is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a window of comparison of at least 20 positions, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of 20 percent or less, usually 5 to 15 percent, or 10 to 12 percent, as compared to the reference sequences (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences.
  • the percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid bases or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the reference sequence (i.e. the window size) and multiplying the results by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
  • Variants may also, or alternatively, be substantially homologous to a native gene, or a portion or complement thereof.
  • Such polynucleotide variants are capable of hybridizing under moderately stringent conditions to a naturally occurring DNA sequence encoding a native antibody (or a complementary sequence).
  • Suitable “moderately stringent conditions” include prewashing in a solution of 5 X SSC, 0.5% SDS, 1.0 mM EDTA (pH 8.0); hybridizing at 50°C-65°C, 5 X SSC, overnight; followed by washing twice at 65°C for 20 minutes with each of 2X, 0.5X and 0.2X SSC containing 0.1 % SDS.
  • highly stringent conditions or “high stringency conditions” are those that: (1 ) employ low ionic strength and high temperature for washing, for example 0.015 M sodium chloride/0.0015 M sodium citrate/0.1 % sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50°C; (2) employ during hybridization a denaturing agent, such as formamide, for example, 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1 % bovine serum albumin/0.1 % Ficoll/0.1 % polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate at 42°C; or (3) employ 50% formamide, 5 x SSC (0.75 M NaCI, 0.075 M sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1 % sodium pyrophosphate, 5 x Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 g/ml), 0.1 % SDS, and
  • nucleotide sequences that encode a polypeptide as described herein. Some of these polynucleotides bear minimal homology to the nucleotide sequence of any native gene. Nonetheless, polynucleotides that vary due to differences in codon usage are specifically contemplated by the present invention. Further, alleles of the genes comprising the polynucleotide sequences provided herein are within the scope of the present invention. Alleles are endogenous genes that are altered as a result of one or more mutations, such as deletions, additions and/or substitutions of nucleotides. The resulting mRNA and protein may, but need not, have an altered structure or function. Alleles may be identified using standard techniques (such as hybridization, amplification and/or database sequence comparison).
  • polynucleotides of this invention can be obtained using chemical synthesis, recombinant methods, or PCR. Methods of chemical polynucleotide synthesis are well known in the art and need not be described in detail herein. One of skill in the art can use the sequences provided herein and a commercial DNA synthesizer to produce a desired DNA sequence.
  • a polynucleotide comprising a desired sequence can be inserted into a suitable vector, and the vector in turn can be introduced into a suitable host cell for replication and amplification, as further discussed herein.
  • Polynucleotides may be inserted into host cells by any means known in the art. Cells are transformed by introducing an exogenous polynucleotide by direct uptake, endocytosis, transfection, F-mating or electroporation. Once introduced, the exogenous polynucleotide can be maintained within the cell as a non-integrated vector (such as a plasmid) or integrated into the host cell genome.
  • the polynucleotide so amplified can be isolated from the host cell by methods well known within the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989.
  • PCR allows reproduction of DNA sequences.
  • PCR technology is well known in the art and is described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195, 4,800,159, 4,754,065 and 4,683,202, as well as PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction, Mullis et al. eds., Birkauswer Press, Boston, 1994.
  • RNA can be obtained by using the isolated DNA in an appropriate vector and inserting it into a suitable host cell. When the cell replicates and the DNA is transcribed into RNA, the RNA can then be isolated using methods well known to those of skill in the art, as set forth in Sambrook et al., 1989, supra, for example.
  • Suitable cloning vectors may be constructed according to standard techniques, or may be selected from a large number of cloning vectors available in the art. While the cloning vector selected may vary according to the host cell intended to be used, useful cloning vectors will generally have the ability to self-replicate, may possess a single target for a particular restriction endonuclease, and/or may carry genes for a marker that can be used in selecting clones containing the vector.
  • Suitable examples include plasmids and bacterial viruses, e.g., pUC18, pUC19, Bluescript (e.g., pBS SK+) and its derivatives, mp18, mp19, pBR322, pMB9, ColE1 , pCR1 , RP4, phage DNAs, and shuttle vectors such as pSA3 and pAT28.
  • Bluescript e.g., pBS SK+
  • shuttle vectors such as pSA3 and pAT28.
  • Expression vectors generally are replicable polynucleotide constructs that contain a polynucleotide according to the invention. It is implied that an expression vector must be replicable in the host cells either as episomes or as an integral part of the chromosomal DNA. Suitable expression vectors include but are not limited to plasmids, viral vectors, including adenoviruses, adeno-associated viruses, retroviruses, cosmids, and expression vector(s) disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462.
  • Vector components may generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence; an origin of replication; one or more marker genes; suitable transcriptional controlling elements (such as promoters, enhancers and terminator). For expression (i.e., translation), one or more translational controlling elements are also usually required, such as ribosome binding sites, translation initiation sites, and stop codons.
  • the vectors containing the polynucleotides of interest can be introduced into the host cell by any of a number of appropriate means, including electroporation, transfection employing calcium chloride, rubidium chloride, calcium phosphate, DEAE- dextran, or other substances; microprojectile bombardment; lipofection; and infection (e.g., where the vector is an infectious agent such as vaccinia virus).
  • electroporation employing calcium chloride, rubidium chloride, calcium phosphate, DEAE- dextran, or other substances
  • microprojectile bombardment e.g., where the vector is an infectious agent such as vaccinia virus.
  • infection e.g., where the vector is an infectious agent such as vaccinia virus.
  • the choice of introducing vectors or polynucleotides will often depend on features of the host cell.
  • the invention also provides host cells comprising any of the polynucleotides described herein. Any host cells capable of over-expressing heterologous DNAs can be used for the purpose of isolating the genes encoding the antibody, polypeptide or protein of interest.
  • mammalian host cells include but not limited to COS, HeLa, and CHO cells. See also PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462.
  • Suitable non-mammalian host cells include prokaryotes (such as E. coli or B. subtillis) and yeast (such as S. cerevisae, S. pombe; or K. lactis).
  • the host cells express the cDNAs at a level of about 5 fold higher, more preferably, 10 fold higher, even more preferably, 20 fold higher than that of the corresponding endogenous antibody or protein of interest, if present, in the host cells.
  • Screening the host cells for a specific binding to IL-7R or an IL-7R domain is effected by an immunoassay or FACS.
  • a cell overexpressing the antibody or protein of interest can be identified.
  • compositions used in the methods of the invention comprise an effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody, an antagonist IL-7R antibody derived polypeptide, or other IL-7R antagonists described herein. Examples of such compositions, as well as how to formulate, are also described in an earlier section and below.
  • the composition comprises one or more IL-7R antagonist antibodies.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody recognizes human IL-7Ra.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody is a human antibody.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody is a humanized antibody.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody comprises a constant region that is capable of triggering a desired immune response, such as antibody-mediated lysis or ADCC.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody comprises a constant region that does not trigger an unwanted or undesirable immune response, such as antibody-mediated lysis or ADCC.
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody comprises one or more CDR(s) of the antibody (such as one, two, three, four, five, or, in some embodiments, all six CDRs).
  • compositions can comprise more than one antagonist IL- 7R antibody (e.g., a mixture of antagonist IL-7R antibodies that recognize different epitopes of IL-7R).
  • Other exemplary compositions comprise more than one antagonist IL-7R antibody that recognize the same epitope(s), or different species of antagonist IL- 7R antibodies that bind to different epitopes of IL-7R.
  • the composition used in the present invention can further comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers (Remington: The Science and practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed., 2000, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Ed. K. E. Hoover), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions.
  • Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations, and may comprise buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine,
  • the antagonist IL-7R antibody and compositions thereof can also be used in conjunction with other agents that serve to enhance and/or complement the effectiveness of the agents.
  • Kits of the invention include one or more containers comprising an IL-7R antagonist (such as, for example, a human antibody) described herein and instructions for use in accordance with any of the methods of the invention described herein.
  • these instructions comprise a description of administration of the IL-7R antagonist for the above described therapeutic treatments.
  • the IL-7R antagonist is an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • the antibody is a human antibody.
  • the antibody is a humanized antibody.
  • the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
  • the instructions relating to the use of an antagonist IL-7R antibody generally include information as to dosage, dosing schedule, and route of administration for the intended treatment.
  • the containers may be unit doses, bulk packages (e.g., multi-dose packages) or sub-unit doses. Instructions supplied in the kits of the invention are typically written instructions on a label or package insert (e.g., a paper sheet included in the kit), but machine-readable instructions (e.g., instructions carried on a magnetic or optical storage disk) are also acceptable.
  • kits of this invention are in suitable packaging.
  • suitable packaging includes, but is not limited to, vials, bottles, jars, flexible packaging (e.g., sealed Mylar or plastic bags), and the like.
  • packages for use in combination with a specific device such as an inhaler, nasal administration device (e.g., an atomizer) or an infusion device such as a minipump.
  • a kit may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • the container may also have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • At least one active agent in the composition is an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
  • the container may further comprise a second pharmaceutically active agent.
  • Kits may optionally provide additional components such as buffers and interpretive information.
  • the kit comprises a container and a label or package insert(s) on or associated with the container.
  • DNA fragments encoding VH and VL regions can first be obtained using any of the methods described above.
  • Various modifications, e.g. mutations, deletions, and/or additions can also be introduced into the DNA sequences using standard methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • mutagenesis can be carried out using standard methods, such as PCR-mediated mutagenesis, in which the mutated nucleotides are incorporated into the PCR primers such that the PCR product contains the desired mutations or site-directed mutagenesis.
  • substitution for example, that may be made is to change one or more cysteines in the antibody, which may be chemically reactive, to another residue, such as, without limitation, alanine or serine.
  • alanine or serine for example, there can be a substitution of a non-canonical cysteine.
  • the substitution can be made in a CDR or framework region of a variable domain or in the constant region of an antibody.
  • the cysteine is canonical.
  • the antibodies may also be modified, e.g. in the variable domains of the heavy and/or light chains, e.g., to alter a binding property of the antibody.
  • a mutation may be made in one or more of the CDR regions to increase or decrease the K D of the antibody for IL-7R, to increase or decrease k 0ff , or to alter the binding specificity of the antibody.
  • Techniques in site-directed mutagenesis are well-known in the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. and Ausubel et al., supra.
  • a modification or mutation may also be made in a framework region or constant region to increase the half-life of an I L-7R antibody. See, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 00/09560.
  • a mutation in a framework region or constant region can also be made to alter the immunogenicity of the antibody, to provide a site for covalent or non-covalent binding to another molecule, or to alter such properties as complement fixation, FcR binding and antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity.
  • a single antibody may have mutations in any one or more of the CDRs or framework regions of the variable domain or in the constant region.
  • VH and VL sequences can be mutated to match those found naturally in germline VH and V L sequences.
  • the amino acid sequences of the framework regions in the VH and VL sequences can be mutated to match the germline sequences to reduce the risk of immunogenicity when the antibody is administered.
  • Germline DNA sequences for human VH and VL genes are known in the art (see e.g., the "Vbase” human germline sequence database; see also Kabat, E. A., et al., 1991 , Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91 -3242; Tomlinson et al., 1992, J. Mol. Biol. 227:776-798; and Cox et al., 1994, Eur. J. Immunol. 24:827-836.
  • Another type of amino acid substitution that may be made is to remove potential proteolytic sites in the antibody. Such sites may occur in a CDR or framework region of a variable domain or in the constant region of an antibody. Substitution of cysteine residues and removal of proteolytic sites may decrease the risk of heterogeneity in the antibody product and thus increase its homogeneity.
  • Another type of amino acid substitution is to eliminate asparagine-glycine pairs, which form potential deamidation sites, by altering one or both of the residues.
  • the C-terminal lysine of the heavy chain of an IL-7R antibody of the invention can be cleaved.
  • the heavy and light chains of the IL-7R antibodies may optionally include a signal sequence.
  • DNA fragments encoding the VH and VL segments of the present invention can be further manipulated by standard recombinant DNA techniques, for example to convert the variable region genes to full- length antibody chain genes, to Fab fragment genes, or to a scFv gene.
  • a VL- or VH-encoding DNA fragment is operatively linked to another DNA fragment encoding another protein, such as an antibody constant region or a flexible linker.
  • the term "operatively linked”, as used in this context, is intended to mean that the two DNA fragments are joined such that the amino acid sequences encoded by the two DNA fragments remain in-frame.
  • the isolated DNA encoding the VH region can be converted to a full-length heavy chain gene by operatively linking the VH-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions (CH1 , CH2 and CH3).
  • the sequences of human heavy chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat, E. A., et al., 1991 , Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification.
  • the heavy chain constant region can be an lgG1 , lgG2, lgG3, lgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region, but most preferably is an lgG1 or lgG2 constant region.
  • the IgG constant region sequence can be any of the various alleles or allotypes known to occur among different individuals, such as Gm(1 ), Gm(2), Gm(3), and Gm(17). These allotypes represent naturally occurring amino acid substitution in the lgG1 constant regions.
  • the V H -encoding DNA can be operatively linked to another DNA molecule encoding only the heavy chain CH 1 constant region.
  • the CH1 heavy chain constant region may be derived from any of the heavy chain genes.
  • the isolated DNA encoding the VL region can be converted to a full-length light chain gene (as well as a Fab light chain gene) by operatively linking the VL-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding the light chain constant region, CL.
  • the sequences of human light chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat, E. A., et al., 1991 , Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification.
  • the light chain constant region can be a kappa or lambda constant region.
  • the kappa constant region may be any of the various alleles known to occur among different individuals, such as lnv(1 ), lnv(2), and lnv(3).
  • the lambda constant region may be derived from any of the three lambda genes.
  • the VH- and VL-encoding DNA fragments are operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly 4 -Ser) 3 , (SEQ ID NO: 16) such that the VH and VL sequences can be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions joined by the flexible linker (See e.g., Bird et al., 1988, Science 242:423-426; Huston et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; McCafferty et al., 1990, Nature 348:552-554.
  • a flexible linker e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly 4 -Ser) 3 , (SEQ ID NO: 16) such that the VH and VL sequences can be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions joined by the
  • the single chain antibody may be monovalent, if only a single VH and VL are used, bivalent, if two VH and VL are used, or polyvalent, if more than two VH and VL are used. Bispecific or polyvalent antibodies may be generated that bind specifically to IL- 7R and to another molecule.
  • a fusion antibody or immunoadhesin may be made that comprises all or a portion of an IL-7R antibody of the invention linked to another polypeptide.
  • only the variable domains of the IL-7R antibody are linked to the polypeptide.
  • the VH domain of an IL-7R antibody is linked to a first polypeptide, while the VL domain of an IL-7R antibody is linked to a second polypeptide that associates with the first polypeptide in a manner such that the VH and VL domains can interact with one another to form an antigen binding site.
  • the VH domain is separated from the VL domain by a linker such that the VH and VL domains can interact with one another.
  • VH-linker- VL antibody is then linked to the polypeptide of interest.
  • fusion antibodies can be created in which two (or more) single-chain antibodies are linked to one another. This is useful if one wants to create a divalent or polyvalent antibody on a single polypeptide chain, or if one wants to create a bispecific antibody.
  • other modified antibodies may be prepared using IL-7R antibody encoding nucleic acid molecules.
  • “Kappa bodies” III et al., 1997, Protein Eng. 10:949-57
  • “Minibodies” Martin et al., 1994, EMBO J. 13:5303-9
  • “Diabodies” Holliger et al., 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448
  • “Janusins” (Traunecker et al., 1991 , EMBO J. 10:3655-3659 and Traunecker et al., 1992, Int. J. Cancer (Suppl.) 7:51-52) may be prepared using standard molecular biological techniques following the teachings of the specification.
  • Bispecific antibodies or antigen-binding fragments can be produced by a variety of methods including fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab' fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai & Lachmann, 1990, Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79:315-321 , Kostelny et al., 1992, J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553.
  • bispecific antibodies may be formed as "diabodies" or "Janusins.”
  • the bispecific antibody binds to two different epitopes of IL-7R.
  • the modified antibodies described above are prepared using one or more of the variable domains or CDR regions from a human IL-7R antibody provided herein. Generation of antigen-specific antibodies
  • Monoclonal antibodies raised against recombinant mouse IL-7Ra/CD127/Fc chimera (R&D Systems Cat. No. 747-MR), and human antibodies obtained by biopanning a human naive antibody library with recombinant IL-7Ra were evaluated for their ability to bind mouse and human IL-7R.
  • Antibodies were further screened for their ability to block IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation in human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) and/or monkey PBMCs. This manner of antibody preparation yielded antagonist antibodies that show blocking of IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation, as shown in Example 1.
  • Representative materials of the present invention were deposited in the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) on February 9, 201 1.
  • Vector C1 GM-VH having ATCC Accession No. PTA- is a polynucleotide encoding the C1 GM heavy chain variable region
  • vector C1 GM-VL having ATCC Accession No. PTA- is a polynucleotide encoding the C1 GM light chain variable region.
  • the deposits were made under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purpose of Patent Procedure and Regulations thereunder (Budapest Treaty). This assures maintenance of a viable curlture of the deposit for 30 years from the date of deposit.
  • Example 1 Generating and Screening Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies
  • This example illustrates the generation and screening of antagonist IL-7R antibodies.
  • a 2-month old female Sprague Dawley rat was immunized with 50 ug recombinant mouse IL-7Ra/CD127/Fc chimera, which includes mouse IL-7Ra (Glu21- Asp239), hCD33 signal peptide (Met 1 -Ala 16), and human IgG (Pro100-Lys330) (R&D Systems Cat. No. 747-MR).
  • the antigen was prepared for immunization by mixing 50 ug antigen in 100 ul PBS with 100 ul Sigma Adjuvant System (Cat. No. S6322). The antigen mixture was vortexed and injected into the hind footpads and peritoneum on days 0, 2, 5 and 7.
  • spleen cells were prepared as a single cell suspension and fused with P3x63Ag8.653 mouse myeloma cells following a standard fusion protocol using 40% PEG 1500 (Boeringer Mannheim Biochemicals #783641 ). The fused cells were resuspended in medium containing 18% FBS, 2 mM L-glutamine, pen/strep, hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine (HAT) (Sigma H0262) and 10% hybridoma fusion and cloning supplement (HFCS) (Cat. No.
  • Supernatant media from growing hybridoma clones were screened separately for their ability to bind the recombinant mouse (rm) IL-7R.
  • the assays were performed with 96-well plates coated overnight with 50 ⁇ of a 1 ⁇ g/ml solution of the antigen. Fifty-five coated plates were washed 4 times with PBS with 0.05% Tween and then 50 ul PBS with 0.5% BSA was added to each well. 5 ul from each well of the hybridoma plates were added to the assay plates, and the plates were incubated at room temperature for 2 hrs to allow binding. Excess reagents were washed from the wells between each step with PBS containing 0.05% Tween-20.
  • HRP horseradish peroxidase
  • F(ab')2, Fc specific Jackson #1 15-036-008
  • 50 ul horseradish peroxidase (HRP) conjugated goat-anti mouse, F(ab')2, Fc specific was added to bind to the mouse antibodies bound to the antigen.
  • 50 ul ABTS, 2,2'-Azino-bis(3- ethyl benzothiazoline-6-sulfonic acid) diammonium salt was added as substrate.
  • the plates were read after 30 mins at 405 nm using a Molecular Devices THERMOmaxTM instrument.
  • Hybridoma clones that secreted antibodies that were capable of binding to mouse I L-7R were selected for further analysis.
  • Anti-human IL-7Ra human antibodies were isolated from a phage display human naive scFv antibody library (Glanville G. et al., 2009, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 106(48):20216-20221 ) by a series of four rounds of bio-panning against human IL-7Ra (R&D Systems ® ). For each round of panning, 1 ml IL-7Ra (10 ug/ml in PBS) was coated on an immunotube at 4 ° C overnight. The IL-7Ra coated immunotube was washed three times with PBST. 10 13 phage (1 ml) were added to the immunotube and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour to allow binding.
  • the immunotube was washed eight times with PBST. Bound phage were eluted and used to infect freshly grown TG1 cells. After the fourth round of panning, the positive binders were screened against both human IL-7Ra and mouse IL-7R by ELISA. The antibodies binding to both human and mouse IL-7R were further studied for their affinities and blocking function, and antibodies were selected for affinity maturation.
  • Hybridoma clones secreting human or mouse IL-7R binding antibodies were expanded and supernatants were harvested.
  • Total IgGs were purified from approximately 10 ml of the supernatant using protein A beads, dialyzed into PBS buffer, and the final volume reduced to yield solutions with 0.7-1 mg/ml of antibodies. Purified antibodies were then used to test their ability to block IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation in human PBMCs.
  • PBMC preparation whole blood cells were collected through Ficoll gradient. Cells were maintained at 37°C in 5% CO2 in conical tubes (to prevent monocyte/macrophage adherence) for 1-2 h before stimulation with IL-2.
  • human PBMCs were preincubated for 5 minutes with test antibodies (10 Mg/ml) prior to addition of IL-7.
  • test antibodies (10 Mg/ml)
  • a non-reactive isotype-matched antibody was used as a negative control (isotype control).
  • Cells were stimulated with human IL-7 (0.1 ng/ml, R&D Systems ® ) for 15 minutes.
  • formaldehyde was added directly to the culture medium to a final concentration of 1.6%. Cells were fixed for 15 min at room temperature. Methanol was then added directly to a final concentration of 80%, and samples were stored at 4°C for 30 minutes to 1 hour before being immunostained.
  • Figure 1 illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R fully human monoclonal antibodies P2D2 and P2E1 1 , and HAL403a on IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation in human PBMCs.
  • a mouse anti-human IL-7R monoclonal antibody, 13A2F4 was used as a positive control, and a nonreactive isotype-matched antibody was used as a negative control (isotype control).
  • Human PBMCs were preincubated for 5 minutes with each of the test antibodies or 13A2F4 at the following concentrations: 0.001 , 0.01 , 0.1 , 1 , and 10 ⁇ g/ml. The isotype control antibody was used at the highest concentration, 10 ⁇ g/ml.
  • Cells were stimulated with human IL-7 (0.1 ng/ml) for 15 minutes, then fixed and immunostained as described above.
  • human antibodies P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a C1 GM, C1 GM-2 and C2M3 block human IL-7 mediated signaling in a dose-dependent manner ( Figure 1 and data not shown).
  • the isotype control was set as 100% p-STAT5 staining.
  • HAL403a blocked STAT5 phosophorylation very effectively ( Figure 1 ).
  • C1 GM, C1 GM-2 and C2M3 blocked STAT5 phosophorylation comparable to HAL403a (data not shown).
  • the amino acid sequence of antagonist IL-7R antibody C1 GM heavy chain (SEQ ID NO: 42) is shown below.
  • amino acid sequence of antagonist IL-7R antibody C1 GM light chain (SEQ ID NO: 43) is shown below.
  • the amino acid sequence of antagonist IL-7R antibody C1 GM-2 light chain (SEQ ID NO: 43) is shown below.
  • the amino acid sequence of antagonist IL-7R antibody HAL403a heavy chain (SEQ ID NO: 17) is shown below.
  • This example illustrates the determination of antibody binding affinity for antagonist IL-7R antibodies.
  • the affinities of antagonist I L-7R antibodies to human I L-7R were measured on a surface plasmon resonance BiacoreTM 2000 or 3000 biosensor equipped with a research-grade CM5 sensor chip (BiacoreTM AB, Uppsala, Sweden - now GE Healthcare).
  • Goat polyclonal anti-human F(ab')2 fragments were amine- coupled at saturating levels onto all four flow cells using a standard N- hydroxysuccinimide/ ethyldimethylaminopropyl carbodiimide (NHS/EDC) chemistry in HBS-P running buffer (from BiacoreTM). The buffer was switched to HBS-P containing 1 mg/mL BSA.
  • Human IL-7R-hFc antigen (R&D systems, Minneapolis, USA) was diluted to about 30 ⁇ g/mL and captured for 3 min at 5 ⁇ _/ ⁇ to give levels of about 500-1000 RU per flow cell, leaving one blank to serve as a reference channel.
  • Fab, hlgG1 , or hlgG2AA formats of the antibodies were injected in duplicates as a 5-membered 3-fold series starting at 2 ⁇ and a 5-membered 4-fold series starting at 0.4 ⁇ for 3 min at 20-50 ⁇ _/ ⁇ . Dissociation was monitored for 5 min.
  • This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for type 1 diabetes.
  • a rat anti-mouse antagonist IL-7R antibody, 28G9 (Rinat) was tested in NOD mice.
  • NOD mice exhibit a susceptibility to spontaneous development of automimmune insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM, type 1 diabetes) (Kikutani et al., 1992, Adv. Immunol. 51 : 285-322).
  • IDDM automimmune insulin dependent diabetes mellitus
  • 28G9 blocks IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation in mouse splenocytes and cross-competes with antagonist IL-7R human antibodies C1 GM, C2M3, HAL403a, HAL403b, P3A9, P4B3, P2D2 and P2E1 1 in BiacoreTM.
  • PBS or non-reactive isotype matched rat monoclonal antibody (isotype) were used as negative controls.
  • the isotype antibody was administered at 10 mg/kg body weight. Mice were monitored two times per week for body weight and blood glucose. Diabetes was considered established when blood glucose level was at or over positive readings, i.e., over 250 mg/dL for two consecutive monitorings. The onset of diabetes was dated from the first of the sequential measurements.
  • mice treated with 28G9 at 10 mg/kg developed diabetes even at 18 weeks of age. In contrast, 75-80% of the PBS and isotype-treated mice developed diabetes ( Figure 2). Although not all mice treated with 28G9 at 3 mg/kg were diabetes-free at the end of the study, a significantly reduced diabetes incidence compared to the PBS and isotype controls was observed, demonstrating the inhibitory effect of 28G9 on diabetes development was dose-dependent ( Figure 2). Treatment with 28G9 at 10 mg/kg significantly reduced blood glucose level compared to isotype or PBS controls ( Figure 3A). Mouse development during antagonist IL-7R antibody treatment was monitored by tracking body weight and mortality.
  • antagonist IL-7R antibodies reduce blood glucose levels and inhibit diabetes progression in NOD animals. These results demonstrate that antagonist IL-7R antibodies are effective in preventing and slowing the progression of type 1 diabetes.
  • CD4+ and CD8+ T cells were immunostained for the activation markers CD44 and CD62L and analyzed by flow cytometry.
  • CD4+ and CD8+ T cells were isolated from the peripheral blood of PBS-treated, 28G9-treated, or isotype-treated mice.
  • the percentage of naive CD8+ T cells (B220- CD8+CD44 l0 CD62L hi ) in mice treated with 28G9 at 10 mg/kg was significantly lower, and the percentage of memory CD8+ T cells (B220-CD8+CD44 hi CD62L hi ) were significantly higher ( Figures 4A and 4B).
  • naive CD4+ T cells B220- CD4+CD44 l0 CD62L hi ) were not significantly depleted in antagonist IL-7R antibody treated mice compared to isotype control ( Figure 5). These results indicate that antagonist IL-7R antibodies reduce blood glucose levels through naive CD8+ T cell depletion.
  • This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for multiple sclerosis, experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE).
  • the STAT5 activation assay was used to identify antagonist IL-7R antibodies.
  • Spleens from B6 or BALB/c were homogenized in PBS and lysed in ACK lysis buffer (Invitrogen) for 2 min and then filtered through 100- ⁇ pore size mesh, pelleted, and resuspended at 5 x 10 6 cells/ml in room temperature to 37°C RPMI 1640 containing 10% FBS, penicillin (100 U/ml), streptomycin (100 g/ml), and L-glutamine. Cells were maintained at 37°C in 5% CO2 in conical tubes (to prevent monocyte/macrophage adherence) for 1-2 h before stimulation. Cells were preincubated with test antibody for 5 minutes prior to stimulation with IL-7.
  • Active EAE was induced in 6- to 8-week-old female B6 mice by subcutaneous immunization with 100 of MOG35-55 peptide (MEVGWYRSPFSRVVHLYRNGK (SEQ ID NO: 15)) emulsified in CFA containing 1 mg/ml of heat-killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37RA (Difco) on day 0 (see, Steinman and Zamvil, 2006). Additionally, mice received 400 ng of pertussis toxin (Calbiochem) i.v. in 0.1 ml of PBS on days 0 and 2.
  • This example illustrates immunological changes in EAE mice after antagonist IL-7R antibody treatment.
  • lymphocyte populations from treated and control animals were analyzed by immunostaining and flow cytometry.
  • MOG immunized EAE animals were treated weekly with antagonist IL-7R antibody 28G9 (10 mg/kg), 28B6 (10 mg/kg) or vehicle (non-reactive isotype-matched antibody, 10 mg/kg).
  • IL-7R antibody 28G9 10 mg/kg
  • 28B6 10 mg/kg
  • vehicle non-reactive isotype-matched antibody
  • Immunostained lymphocytes were analyzed by flow cytometry. T cell populations in the BM, spleen, blood and thymus from EAE animals treated with antagonist I L-7R antibodies were significantly reduced compared to vehicle controls. As shown in Figure 1 1 , both CD4 T cell (Figure 1 1 A) and CD8 T cell ( Figure 1 1 B) populations from BM, spleen, blood and lymph nodes were significantly reduced in antagonist IL-7R antibody treated EAE animals. This is consistent with the role of IL-7R in both CD4 and CD8 T cell development. However, B cell populations were not significantly reduced in all of peripheral lymphoid organs. This result differs from the mouse genetic data from the IL-7R knockout, which lacks both T and B cells.
  • CD44 l0 CD62L hi represents naive T cells
  • CD44 hi CD62L l0 represents activated T cells
  • CD44 hl CD62L hl represent memory T cells.
  • antagonist IL-7R antibody treated mice had significantly depleted naive T cell and activated T cell populations ( Figures 12A and 12C). However, memory T cell populations were not significantly depleted ( Figure 12B).
  • naive T cell depletion can block nascent autoAg-specific T cell activation, in turn preventing EAE.
  • Memory T cells are not depleted, and thus, anti-infection immunity is preserved.
  • CNS central nervous system
  • CNS tissues were digested with collagenase D (2.5 mg/ml; Roche Diagnostics) and DNasel (1 mg/ml; Roche Diagnostics) at 37°C for 45 minutes.
  • Mononuclear cells were isolated by passing the tissue through 70- ⁇ cell strainers (BD Biosciences), followed by Percoll gradient (70%/37%) centrifugation.
  • Lymphocytes were collected from the 37%/70% interface and washed.
  • the following antibodies were used for immunostaining: FITC-, PE- or PE-Cy5-conjugated CD3 (17A2), CD4 (H129.19), CD8 (53-6.7), CD62L (MEL14), CD44 (IM7), B220 (H1.2F3), IgM (11/41 ), DX5 (CD49b) (all from BD Biosciences).
  • lymphocytes were stimulated in vitro with phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate (20 ng/ml; Sigma-Aldrich) and ionomycin (1 ⁇ g/ml; Sigma-Aldrich) in the presence of GolgiStopTM (monensin) (5ug/ml) for 5 hours before staining.
  • MOGse- IAb tetramer and control tetramer (CLIP/IAb) were constructed and supplied by the NIH Tetramer Core Facility. Background staining was assessed using nonreactive, isotype-matched control mAbs.
  • 2- or 3-color immunofluorescence analysis single-cell suspensions (10 6 cells) were stained at 4°C using predetermined optimal concentrations of mAb for 20 minutes. For tetramer staining, lymphocytes were stained for 3 hours at 37°C.
  • Example 7 Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Ameliorate Glucose Intolerance in Diet-Induced Obesity (DIO) Animals
  • This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for type 2 diabetes.
  • Example 8 Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Reduce Disease Severity in a Mouse Model for Rheumatoid Arthritis
  • This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for rheumatoid arthritis (RA).
  • Collagen induced arthritis is a widely used animal model sharing many pathological and histological similarities with RA.
  • CIA Collagen induced arthritis
  • 6-8 week old male B10.RIII mice (stock # 000457, The Jackson Laboratory) were immunized with 150 ug of Type II collagen (Elastin Products) emulsified in Freund's complete adjuvant containing 4 mg/ml heat-killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37RA (Difco) on day 0 and day 15.
  • Mice were injected i.p. with 1 , 3 or 10 mg/kg of antagonist IL-7R antibody 28G9 or nonreactive isotype- matched control antibodies on day -1 , day 1 , day 8, day 15 and day 22.
  • This example illustrates efficicacy of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for established EAE.
  • EAE was induced in SJL/J mice by immunization with 200 ⁇ g of PLP(p139-151 ) dissolved in complete Freund's adjuvant containing 4 mg/ml of heat-killed
  • Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra (Difco Laboratories). Mice were examined daily for bodyweight measurements and clinical signs of EAE and scored as follows: 0, no paralysis; 1 , loss of tail tone; 2, hindlimb weakness; 3, hindlimb paralysis; 4, hindlimb and forelimb paralysis; 5, moribund or dead.
  • mice having a EAE clinical score of 2-3 were treated with 28G9 (10 mg/kg, i.p.),
  • SB/14 (10 mg/kg, i.p.) or control IgG (10 mg/kg, i.p.) once a week for 2 weeks (on days
  • 28G9 is rat lgG1 antibody and SB/14 (BD Biosciences) is a rat lgG2a antibody. Clinical scores were monitored daily until day 61.
  • the mice treated with 28G9 maintained clinical scores of about 2 until the end of the study
  • IL-7R antibodies are effective in reducing disease severity in established autoimmune disease.
  • Example 10 Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Reduce Blood Glucose Levels in Animals with Newly Onset Diabetes
  • This example illustrates the efficacy of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in reversing newly onset diabetes in a mouse model for type 1 diabetes.
  • 28G9 is a rat lgG1 monoclonal antibody
  • 28G9-mlgG2a is an antibody having the 28G9 variable regions with mouse lgG2a constant region
  • agly-28G9 is an aglycosylated antibody having the 28G9 variable regions with mouse lgG2a N297A.
  • the VH and Vk gene of rat monoclonal antibody 28G9 were amplified by PCR, cloned into pARC mouse lgG2a and pARC mouse kappa mammalian expression vectors, and cotransfected into 293F cells by LipofectaminTM (InvitrogenTM). After 5 days of post-transfection, the culture media was harvested and the 28G9 mouse lgG2a was purified by using MabselectTM (GE) resin.
  • agly-28G9 For construction and expression of agly-28G9, the VH of rat 28G9 was cloned into an engineered pARC mouse lgG2a vector in which Asn-297 of the CH2 domain was replaced by Ala (pARC mouse lgG2a-N297A). An aglycosylated m28G9 (agly-28G9) was obtained by cotransfection of 293F cells with pARC mouse lgG2a-N297A and pARC-28G9 mouse kappa vector.
  • Spontaneous new onset diabetic NOD mice i.e., two consecutive blood glucose concentrations over 250 mg/dl
  • 28G9-mlgG2a 10 mg/kg, i.p.
  • 28G9 10 mg/kg, i.p.
  • agly-28G9 10 mg/kg, i.p.
  • control IgG 10 mg/kg, i.p.
  • Blood glucose levels were monitored daily for 140 days after disease onset.
  • mice treated with 28G9-mlgG2a 100% remission was observed.
  • blood glucose levels were maintained below 250 mg/dl with weekly 28G9-mlgG2a injections.
  • 28G9 also showed some efficicacy in reducing blood glucose levels compared to control IgG.
  • mice treated with just two or three doses of antagonist IL-7R antibodies maintained blood glucose levels lower than 250 mg/dL for several months after antibody was administered.
  • Example 1 Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Reduce Disease Severity in Mouse Models for Graft-Versus-Host Disease (GVHD)
  • This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in mouse models for acute and chronic graft-versus-host disease (GVHD).
  • GVHD graft-versus-host disease
  • Chronic GVHD For the chronic GVHD mouse model, human cord blood cells containing a small (1 -5%) percentage of CD3+ T cells were transplanted into newborn irradiated NOD.SCID IL2Ry-/- mice. Briefly, human CD34+ cord blood (AHCells, LLC, Emeryville, CA) was depleted of CD3+ T cells using human CD3 selection beads (Miltenyi Biotec GmBH, Germany, CAT #130-050-101 ) For the transplantation, about 300,000 to 400,000 CD34+ cells containing about 1-5% CD3+ T cells (in a volume of 50 ⁇ ) were intracardially injected per newborn irradiated NOD.SCID IL2Ry-/- mouse (The Jackson Laboratory). cGVHD developed 16-20 weeks post-transplantation.
  • mice were sacrificed at about 28-32 weeks old, after about 4 to 8 weeks of antagonist IL-7R antibody or PBS treatment.
  • Mice treated with antagonist IL-7R fully human lgG1 antibody had significantly less hair loss than mice injected with PBS. Histologic analysis showed kidneys of PBS-treated mice were generally more severely affected than kidneys of antagonist I L-7R antibody-treated mice. For example, kidneys of control (PBS-treated) mice had markedly thickened capillary loops with increased amounts of eosinophilic material. In contrast, kidneys of mice treated with antagonist IL- 7R antibody had mildly thickened capillary loops with increased amount of eosinophilic material.
  • kidneys of mice treated with antagonist IL-7R antibody had fewer dilated tubules compared to kidneys of mice treated with isotype control, which showed many dilated tubules.
  • Lung histology revealed substantially reduced bronchial associated lymphoid tissue (BALT) in lungs of mice treated with antagonist I L-7R antibody compared to lungs of control mice, which had some BALT present.
  • Severe lymphoid atrophy was observed in spleen of mice treated with antagonist IL-7 R antibody, compared to the mild to moderate change in spleen of mice treated with PBS.
  • This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for lupus.
  • MRL/MpJ-Fas 7J mice (The Jackson Laboratory) were used. Commonly referred to as Ipr mutants, these mice are homozygous for the lymphoproliferation spontaneous mutation (Fas l r ) and show systemic autoimmunity, massive lymphadenopathy associated with proliferation of aberrant T cells, arthritis, and immune complex glomerulonephrosis.
  • the MRL/MpJ-Fas l 7J mice are useful as a model for systemic lupus erythematosus.
  • mice were dosed i.p. weekly with 1 , 3, or 10 mg/kg 28G9-mlgG2a antagonist IL-7R antibody (see Example 10), 1 mg/kg agly- 28G9 antagonist I L-7R antibody, an isotype control IgG (negative control) or cyclophosphamide (positive control).
  • IL-7R antibody 1 mg/kg agly- 28G9 antagonist I L-7R antibody
  • IgG negative control
  • cyclophosphamide positive control
  • Disease severity was monitored by measuring proteinuria levels, activity levels, and assessing the righting reflex. I n assessing the righting reflex, mice that failed to right themselves within 30 seconds were sacrificed. Suvival rate is summarized in Table 7 below.
  • mice treated with 1 mg/kg agly-28G9, 3 mg/kg 28G9- mlgG2a or 10 mg/kg 28G9-mlgG2a had an increased survival rate compared to mice treated with isotype control IgG.
  • Example 13 Epitope Mapping/Binding of Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies
  • This example illustrates structure-guided mutagenesis to map antibody binding epitopes.
  • a panel of IL-7Ra single point mutants (his-tagged) were prepared as follows.
  • the twenty-three IL-7Ra single point mutants described above were generated from the previously described wild-type DNA construct (McElroy et al., 2009, supra) using standard DNA techniques.
  • the mutant proteins were expressed using transient transfection in HEK293T cells and secreted into the cell media.
  • the mutant proteins were purified by Ni 2+ column chromatography. Protein concentrations were measured by spectrophotometry (NanoDropTM).
  • IL-7Ra Interaction analysis of IL-7Ra was performed at 25 °C using a surface-plasmon resonance-based ProteOnTM XPR36 biosensor equipped with a GLM sensor chip (Bio- Rad, Hercules, CA, USA).
  • HBST running buffer (10 mM Hepes pH7.4, 150 mM NaCI, 0.05% v/v Tween-20) was used throughout.
  • Full-length IL-7R antibodies HAL403a or HAL403b
  • HAL403a or HAL403b were amine-coupled onto separate "vertical" channels of the chip via standard EDC/sulfo-NHS-mediated chemistry to levels of about 2000-5000 RU.
  • the panel of IL-7Ra mutants (including wild-type IL-7Ra) was screened in the "horizontal" direction at 100 nM using association and dissociation phases of 3 and 10 mins respectively at 30 uL/min. Surfaces were regenerated with 2/1 v/v Pierce immunopure elution buffer (pH2.8) /4M NaCI. Most injections were duplicated to confirm that the assay was reproducible.
  • Table 8 summarizes the impact of the single point mutations in the IL-7Ra mutants on antibody binding compared to wild-type IL-7Ra.
  • the IL-7Ra mutants displaying weakened antibody binding compared to wild-type IL-7Ra were identified as having a point mutation at a residue involved in mAb binding.
  • the binding residues of IL-7Ra to antibody HAL403a in descending order of mutant effects were identified as follows: I82 (high impact on binding), K84 (medium impact), K100 (medium impact), T105 (medium impact), Y192 (medium impact), D190 (small impact), H191 (small impact), and K194 (small impact).
  • the binding residues of I L-7Ra to antibody HAL403b in descending order of mutant effects were identified as follows: I82 (high impact on binding), K84 (medium impact), K100 (medium impact), T105 (medium impact), Y192 (medium impact), D190 (small impact), H191 (small impact), and K194 (small impact).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides antagonizing antibodies that bind to interleukin-7 receptor (IL-7R). The invention further provides a method of obtaining such antibodies and antibody-encoding nucleic acids. The invention further relates to therapeutic methods for use of these antibodies and antigen-binding portions thereof for the treatment and/or prevention of type 2 diabetes and immunological disorders, including type 1 diabetes, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, graft-versus-host disease, and lupus.

Description

ANTAGONIST ANTI-IL-7 RECEPTOR ANTIBODIES AND METHODS
Field
The present invention relates to antibodies, e.g., full length antibodies or antigen- binding portions thereof, that antagonize the activity of interleukin-7 receptor (IL-7R), including its interaction with IL-7. The invention further relates to compositions comprising an IL-7R antagonist, such as an antagonist IL-7R antibody, and methods of using the IL-7R antagonist as a medicament. The IL-7R antagonist can be used in the prevention and/or treatment of type 2 diabetes, graft-versus-host disease (GVHD), and autoimmune disorders, including type 1 diabetes, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, and lupus.
Background
The IL-7R complex is a heterodimeric receptor made up of the IL-7R alpha chain (IL-7Ra) and the common gamma chain (yc) (Mazzucchelli et al., Nat Rev Immunol., 2007, 7:144-54). IL-7R is bound by interleukin-7 (IL-7), a cytokine essential to the development and homeostatic maintenance of T and B lymphocytes (Fry et al., J Immunol., 2005, 174:6571-6). Binding of IL-7 to IL-7R activates multiple pathways that regulate lymphocyte survival, glucose uptake, proliferation and differentiation.
IL-7R is expressed on both dendritic cells and monocytes and appears to act in multiple hematopoietic lineages (Reche PA, et al., J Immunol., 2001 , 167:336-43). In dendritic cells, IL-7R plays an immunomodulatory role, whereas lymphocytes require IL-7R signaling for survival, proliferation and differentiation. Both the Jak-Stat and PI3K-Akt pathways are activated by the binding of IL-7 to IL-7R (Jian et al., Cytokine Growth Factor Rev., 2005, 16:513-533). These pathways involve signaling crosstalk, shared interaction domains, feedback loops, integrated gene regulation, mulitimerization and ligand competition. Some targets of IL-7 signaling, including Bcl2 and Pyk2, contribute to cellular survival. Other targets, such as PI3 kinase, src family kinases (lck and fyn) and STAT5, contribute to cellular proliferation. The transcription factor STAT5 contributes to activation of multiple different downstream genes in B and T cells and may contribute to VDJ recombination through alteration of chromatin structure. The cell survival and cell proliferation signals induced by IL-7 combine to induce normal T cell development. Details of the complex I L-7 signaling network and its interaction with other signaling cascades in cells of the immune system have not yet been fully elucidated.
From the information available in the art, and prior to the present invention, it remained unclear whether the introduction of an antagonist IL-7R antibody into the blood circulation to selectively antagonize IL-7R would be effective to treat type 2 diabetes, type 1 diabetes, GVHD, lupus and rheumatoid arthritis, and, if so, what properties of an IL-7R antibody are needed for such in vivo effectiveness.
Summary
Antagonist antibodies that selectively interact with and inhibit IL-7R function are provided. It is demonstrated for the first time that certain antagonist IL-7R antibodies are effective in vivo to treat type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, GVHD and lupus.
In some embodiments, antagonist antibodies that selectively interact with and inhibit IL-7R function are provided. In some embodiments, the antibody specifically binds to IL-7R and comprises an antigen binding region that competes with a monoclonal antibody selected from the group consisting of C1 GM, C2M3, P3A9, P4B3, P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a and HAL403b, for binding to IL-7R. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 42 or SEQ ID NO: 43. In other embodiments, the antibody specifically binds to IL-7R and recognizes an epitope which overlaps an epitope of IL-7R that is recognized by a monoclonal antibody selected from the group consisting of C1 GM, C2M3, P3A9, P4B3, P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a and HAL403b. In some embodiments, the antibody the antibody binds to an epitope comprising residues I82, K84, K100, T105, and Y192 of interleukin-7 receptor alpha (I L-7Ra). In some embodiments, the epitope further comprises one or more additional residues selected from the group consisting of residues D190, H191 , and K194 of human I L-7Ra.
In some embodiments, the IL-7R is human IL-7R.
In some embodiments, the antibody specifically binds to interleukin-7 receptor alpha (IL-7Ra) and comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) complementary determining region one (CDR1 ) having the amino acid sequence X-|X2VMH, wherein Xi is D or N; X2 is S or Y (SEQ ID NO: 50), a VH CDR2 having the amino acid sequence X^XsX^sGXeX/TYYADSVKG, wherein X1 is L or A; X2 is V or I; X3 is G or S; X4 is W or G; X5 is D or S; X6 is F, G or S; X7 is F, A or S (SEQ ID NO: 51 ), and a VH CDR3 having the amino acid sequence X1X2X3X4X5X6X7X8, wherein Xi is Q or D; X2 is G or I; X3 is D or S; X4 is Y or G; X5 is M, V or G; X6 is G or F; X7 is N, D or M; X8 is N, Y or D (SEQ ID NO: 52), a light chain variable region (VL) CDR1 having the amino acid sequence TX SSGX2IX3SSYVQ wherein X-, is R or G; X2 is S or R ; X3 is D or A (SEQ ID NO: 53), a VL CDR2 having the amino acid sequence EDX-iQRPS wherein Xi is D or N (SEQ ID NO: 54), and a VL CDR3 having the amino acid sequence X X2YX3X4X5X6LX7 wherein X-, is Q or M; X2 is S or Q; X3 is D or A; X4 is F or S; X5 is H or S; X6 is H or S; X7 is V or W (SEQ ID NO: 55), wherein the antibody blocks STAT5 phosphorylation in a STAT5 activation assay. In some embodiments, the framework region between VH CDR2 and VH CDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence alanine- arginine, wherein the arginine is adjacent to the first amino acid residue of VH CDR3. In some embodiments, the framework region between VH CDR2 and VH CDR3 comprises the amino acid sequence cysteine-alanine-arginine, wherein the arginine is adjacent to the first amino acid residue of VH CDR3.
In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a heavy chain CDR contact region one having the amino acid sequence X-|X2VMH, wherein Xi is D or N; X2 is S or Y (SEQ ID NO: 50), a heavy chain CDR contact region two having the amino acid sequence GWDGFF (SEQ ID NO: 57), and a heavy chain CDR contact region three having the amino acid sequence ARX1X2X3X4 (SEQ ID NO: 58), a light chain CDR contact region one having the amino acid sequence SGSIDSSY (SEQ ID NO: 59), a light chain CDR contact region two having the amino acid sequence EDDQRPSGV (SEQ ID NO: 60), and a light chain CDR contact region three having the amino acid sequence FHHL (SEQ ID NO: 61 ), wherein the antibody blocks STAT5 phosphorylation in a STAT5 activation assay.
In some embodiments, the antibody specifically binds to IL-7Ra and comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) complementary determining region one (CDR1 ) having the amino acid sequence DSVMH (SEQ ID NO: 19), GFTFDDS (SEQ ID NO: 46), or GFTFDDSVMH (SEQ ID NO: 47), a VH CDR2 having the amino acid sequence LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG (SEQ ID NO: 23) or GWDGFF (SEQ ID NO: 48), and a VH CDR3 having the amino acid sequence QGDYMGNN (SEQ ID NO: 49), or a variant thereof having one or more conservative amino acid substitutions in CDR1 , CDR2, and/or CDR3. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a light chain variable region (VL) CDR1 having the amino acid sequence TRSSGSIDSSYVQ (SEQ ID NO: 29), a VL CDR2 having the amino acid sequence EDDQRPS (SEQ ID NO: 31 ), and/or VL CDR3 having the amino acid sequence QSYDFHHLV (SEQ ID NO: 36), or a variant thereof having one or more conservative amino acid substitutions in CDR1 , CDR2, and/or CDR3. In some embodiments, the antibody further comprises a VH CDR1 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 19, 46 or 47, a VH CDR2 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 23, or 48, and a VH CDR3 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 49, or a variant thereof having one or more conservative amino acid substitutions in CDR1 , CDR2, and/or CDR3.
In some embodiments, the antibody specifically binds to IL-7Ra and comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) complementary determining region one (CDR1 ) having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 19, 46 or 47, a VH CDR2 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ I D NO: 23, or 48, and a VH CDR3 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 49, a light chain variable region (VL) CDR1 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 29, a VL CDR2 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 31 , and a VL CDR3 having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 36. In some embodiments, the VH region comprises the amino acid sequence EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVSLVGWDG FFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQGDYMGNNWGQGTL VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 40) and the VL region comprises the amino acid sequence NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGSSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTEDEADYYCQSYDFHHLVFGGGTKLTVL (SEQ ID NO: 41 ). In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a light chain having the amino acid sequence NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGSSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTEDEADYYCQSYDFHHLVFGGGTKLTVLQPKAAPS VTLFPPSSEELQANKATLVCLISDFYPGAVTVAWKADSSPVKAGVETTTPSKQSNNKY AASSYLSLTPEQWKSHRSYSCQVTHEGSTVEKTVAPTECS (SEQ ID NO: 43) and a heavy chain having the amino acid sequence
EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVSLVGWDG FFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQGDYMGNNWGQGTL VTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTF PAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVAPELLGGPSVFLFP PKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCWVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYR VVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMT KNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRW QQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK (SEQ ID NO: 42), with or without the C- terminal lysine of SEQ ID NO: 42.
In some embodiments, the antibody can be a human antibody, a humanized antibody, or a chimeric antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a constant region. In some embodiments, the antibody is of the human lgG1 or lgG2Aa subclass. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a glycosylated constant region. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a constant region having increased binding affinity to a human Fc gamma receptor.
In some embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antibody that selectively interacts with and inhibits I L-7R function is provided.
In some embodiments, a cell line that recombinantly produces an antibody that selectively interacts with and inhibits IL-7R function is provided.
In some embodiments, a nucleic acid encoding an antibody that selectively interacts with and inhibits IL-7R function is provided.
In some embodiments, methods of lowering blood glucose levels in an individual are provided. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby lowering blood glucose levels.
In some embodiments, methods of improving glucose tolerance in an individual are provided. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby improving glucose tolerance.
In some embodiments, methods of preventing or treating type 1 diabetes in an individual are provided. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of type 1 diabetes.
In some embodiments, methods of preventing or treating type 2 diabetes in an individual are provided. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IL-7R antagonist to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of type 2 diabetes. In some embodiments, the I L-7R antagonist is an antagonist IL-7R antibody.
In some embodiments, methods of preventing or treating rheumatoid arthritis in an individual are provided. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis.
In some embodiments, methods of preventing or treating graft-versus-host disease (GVHD) in an individual are provided. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of GVHD.
In some embodiments, the GVHD is chronic GVHD or acute GVHD.
In some embodiments, methods of preventing or treating lupus in an individual are provided. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of lupus.
In some embodiments, the lupus is cutaneous lupus erythematosus, systemic lupus erythematosus, drug-induced erythematosus or neonatal lupus.
In some embodiments, methods of preventing or treating multiple sclerosis in an individual are provided. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual in need of such treatment, thereby preventing or treating one or more symptoms of multiple sclerosis and reducing and/or depleting the naive and/or activated T cell populations in the individual. In some embodiments, the reduced or depleted T cell populations in the individual comprise TH1 and/or TH17 cells. In some embodiments, administration of the antagonist IL-7R antibody does not result in expansion of TH17 cell population in the individual. In some embodiments, the antibody can be administered parenterally. In some embodiments, the individual is a human.
Brief Description of the Figures/Drawings
Figure 1 depicts the dose-dependent effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibodies P2D2, P2E1 1 and HAL403a on IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation in human peripheral blood mononuclear cell (PBMCs). The x-axis indicates the percentage of CD4+ cells expressing phospho-STAT5 (p-STAT).
Figure 2 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on development of diabetes in non-obese diabetic (NOD) mice.
Figure 3 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on (A) blood glucose levels (mg/dL) and (B) body weight (g) in NOD mice.
Figure 4 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on (A) naive CD8+ T cell and (B) memory CD8+ T cell populations in NOD mice. For the x- axis, the total CD8+ T cell population was set as 100%.
Figure 5 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on naive CD4+ T cell population in NOD mice. For the x-axis, the total CD4+ T cell population was set as 100%.
Figure 6 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibodies 28B6 and 28G9 on clinical severity of EAE animals. Clinical severity of EAE was assessed daily with a 0 to 5 point scoring system: 0, normal; 1 , flaccid tail; 2, partial hind-limb paralysis; 3, total hind-limb paralysis; 4, quadriplegia; 5, moribund state or dead.
Figure 7 depicts the dose-dependent effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on clinical severity of EAE animals.
Figure 8 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on clinical severity of EAE animals.
Figure 9 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 in animals with established EAE.
Figure 10 depicts the effect of antagonist I L-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 at lower dose in animals with established EAE.
Figure 1 1 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibodies 28G9 and 28B6 on (A) CD4 T cell and (B) CD8 T cell populations from bone marrow (BM), spleen, blood and lymph nodes (LNs) of EAE animals. For the x-axis, the total lymphocyte population was set as 100%.
Figures 12A-C depict the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on (A) naive T cell, (B) memory T cell, and (C) activated T cell populations from bone marrow, spleen, blood and lymph nodes of EAE animals. For the x-axis, the CD8+ T cell population was set as 100%.
Figure 13 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on Teff cell (left graph) and Treg cell (right graph) populations from bone marrow, spleen, blood and lymph nodes of EAE animals. For the x-axis, the CD4+ T cell population was set as 100%. "*" indicates P<0.05 as compared to control.
Figure 14 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on blood glucose levels (mg/dL) in high fat diet-induced obesity (DIO) mice.
Figure 15 depicts the effect of antagonist IL-7R monoclonal antibody 28G9 on glucose intolerance in high fat diet-induced obesity (DIO) mice.
Detailed Description
Disclosed herein are antibodies that antagonize the function of IL-7R, including its interaction with I L-7. Methods of making antagonist IL-7R antibodies, compositions comprising these antibodies, and methods of using these antibodies as a medicament are provided. IL-7R antagonists, e.g., antagonist IL-7R antibodies, can be used to in the prevention and/or treatment of type 2 diabetes, GVHD and autoimmune disorders, including multiple sclerosis (MS), rheumatoid arthritis, type 1 diabetes, and lupus.
General Techniques
The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of molecular biology (including recombinant techniques), microbiology, cell biology, biochemistry and immunology, which are within the skill of the art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature, such as, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, second edition (Sambrook et al., 1989) Cold Spring Harbor Press; Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M.J. Gait, ed., 1984); Methods in Molecular Biology, Humana Press; Cell Biology: A Laboratory Notebook (J.E. Cellis, ed., 1998) Academic Press; Animal Cell Culture (R.I. Freshney, ed., 1987); Introduction to Cell and Tissue Culture (J. P. Mather and P.E. Roberts, 1998) Plenum Press; Cell and Tissue Culture: Laboratory Procedures (A. Doyle, J.B. Griffiths, and D.G. Newell, eds., 1993-1998) J. Wiley and Sons; Methods in Enzymology (Academic Press, Inc.); Handbook of Experimental Immunology (D.M. Weir and C.C. Blackwell, eds.); Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells (J.M. Miller and M.P. Calos, eds., 1987); Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F.M. Ausubel et al., eds., 1987); PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction, (Mullis et al., eds., 1994); Current Protocols in Immunology (J.E. Coligan et al., eds., 1991 ); Short Protocols in Molecular Biology (Wiley and Sons, 1999); Immunobiology (C.A. Janeway and P. Travers, 1997); Antibodies (P. Finch, 1997); Antibodies: a practical approach (D. Catty., ed., IRL Press, 1988-1989); Monoclonal antibodies: a practical approach (P. Shepherd and C. Dean, eds., Oxford University Press, 2000); Using antibodies: a laboratory manual (E. Harlow and D. Lane (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1999); The Antibodies (M. Zanetti and J.D. Capra, eds., Harwood Academic Publishers, 1995).
Definitions
An "antibody" is an immunoglobulin molecule capable of specific binding to a target, such as a carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, polypeptide, etc., through at least one antigen recognition site, located in the variable region of the immunoglobulin molecule. As used herein, the term encompasses not only intact polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, but also fragments thereof (such as Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv), single chain (ScFv) and domain antibodies (including, for example, shark and camelid antibodies), and fusion proteins comprising an antibody, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen recognition site. An antibody includes an antibody of any class, such as IgG, IgA, or IgM (or sub-class thereof), and the antibody need not be of any particular class. Depending on the antibody amino acid sequence of the constant region of its heavy chains, immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., lgG1 , lgG2, lgG3, lgG4, lgA1 and lgA2. The heavy-chain constant regions that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called alpha, delta, epsilon, gamma, and mu, respectively. The subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known. As used herein, "monoclonal antibody" refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally-occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations, which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. The modifier "monoclonal" indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler and Milstein, 1975, Nature 256:495, or may be made by recombinant DNA methods such as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567. The monoclonal antibodies may also be isolated from phage libraries generated using the techniques described in McCafferty et al., 1990, Nature 348:552-554, for example.
As used herein, "humanized" antibody refers to forms of non-human (e.g. murine) antibodies that are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains, or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) that contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. Preferably, humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from a complementary determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity. In some instances, Fv framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Furthermore, the humanized antibody may comprise residues that are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences, but are included to further refine and optimize antibody performance. In general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin consensus sequence. The humanized antibody optimally also will comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region or domain (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. Preferred are antibodies having Fc regions modified as described in WO 99/58572. Other forms of humanized antibodies have one or more CDRs (CDR L1 , CDR L2, CDR L3, CDR H1 , CDR H2, or CDR H3) which are altered with respect to the original antibody, which are also termed one or more CDRs "derived from" one or more CDRs from the original antibody.
As used herein, "human antibody" means an antibody having an amino acid sequence corresponding to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or which has been made using any of the techniques for making human antibodies known to those skilled in the art or disclosed herein. This definition of a human antibody includes antibodies comprising at least one human heavy chain polypeptide or at least one human light chain polypeptide. One such example is an antibody comprising murine light chain and human heavy chain polypeptides. Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. In one embodiment, the human antibody is selected from a phage library, where that phage library expresses human antibodies (Vaughan et al., 1996, Nature Biotechnology, 14:309-314; Sheets et al., 1998, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 95:6157-6162; Hoogenboom and Winter, 1991 , J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 ; Marks et al., 1991 , J. Mol. Biol., 222:581 ). Human antibodies can also be made by immunization of animals into which human immunoglobulin loci have been transgenically introduced in place of the endogenous loci, e.g., mice in which the endogenous immunoglobulin genes have been partially or completely inactivated. This approach is described in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625, 126; 5,633,425; and 5,661 ,016. Alternatively, the human antibody may be prepared by immortalizing human B lymphocytes that produce an antibody directed against a target antigen (such B lymphocytes may be recovered from an individual or may have been immunized in vitro). See, e.g., Cole et al. Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77, 1985; Boerner et al., 1991 , J. Immunol., 147 (1 ):86-95; and U.S. Patent No. 5,750,373.
As used herein, the term "IL-7R" refers to any form of IL-7R and variants thereof that retain at least part of the activity of IL-7R. Unless indicated differently, such as by specific reference to human IL-7R, IL-7R includes all mammalian species of native sequence IL-7R, e.g., human, canine, feline, equine, and bovine. As used herein, an "IL-7R antagonist" refers to an antibody or molecule that is able to inhibit IL-7R biological activity and/or downstream pathway(s) mediated by IL-7R signaling, including binding to IL-7, phosphorylation of STAT5, Src kinases, PI3 kinase and Pyk2, and upregulation of Bcl2 protein. Examples of IL-7R antagonists include, without limitation, antagonist IL-7R antibodies, IL-7R siRNA, IL-7R shRNA, and IL-7R antisense oligonucleotides.
Antagonist IL-7R antibodies encompass antibodies that block, antagonize, suppress or reduce (to any degree including significantly) IL-7R biological activity, including downstream pathways mediated by IL-7R signaling, such interaction with IL-7 and/or elicitation of a cellular response to IL-7. For purpose of the present invention, it will be explicitly understood that the term "antagonist IL-7R antibody" (interchangeably termed "IL-7R antagonist antibody," "antagonist anti-IL-7R antibody" or "anti-IL-7R antagonist antibody") encompasses all the previously identified terms, titles, and functional states and characteristics whereby the IL-7R itself, an IL-7R biological activity (including but not limited to interaction with IL-7, its ability to mediate any aspect of phosphorylation of STAT5, phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase (PI3K)-Akt pathway activation, p27Ki 1 downregulation, Bcl-2 upregulation, Rb hyperphosphorylation, and CXCR4 upregulation), or the consequences of the biological activity, are substantially nullified, decreased, or neutralized in any meaningful degree. In some embodiments, an antagonist IL-7R antibody binds I L-7R and prevents interaction with IL-7. Examples of antagonist IL-7R antibodies are provided herein.
As used herein a "full antagonist" is an antagonist which, at an effective concentration, essentially completely blocks a measurable effect of IL-7R. By a partial antagonist is meant an antagonist that is capable of partially blocking a measurable effect, but that, even at a highest concentration is not a full antagonist. By essentially completely is meant at least about 80%, preferably, at least about 90%, more preferably, at least about 95%, and most preferably, at least about 98% of the measurable effect is blocked.
The terms "polypeptide", "oligopeptide", "peptide" and "protein" are used interchangeably herein to refer to chains of amino acids of any length, preferably, relatively short (e.g., 10-100 amino acids). The chain may be linear or branched, it may comprise modified amino acids, and/or may be interrupted by non-amino acids. The terms also encompass an amino acid chain that has been modified naturally or by intervention; for example, disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation or modification, such as conjugation with a labeling component. Also included within the definition are, for example, polypeptides containing one or more analogs of an amino acid (including, for example, unnatural amino acids, etc.), as well as other modifications known in the art. It is understood that the polypeptides can occur as single chains or associated chains.
As known in the art, "polynucleotide," or "nucleic acid," as used interchangeably herein, refer to chains of nucleotides of any length, and include DNA and RNA. The nucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or bases, and/or their analogs, or any substrate that can be incorporated into a chain by DNA or RNA polymerase. A polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and their analogs. If present, modification to the nucleotide structure may be imparted before or after assembly of the chain. The sequence of nucleotides may be interrupted by non-nucleotide components. A polynucleotide may be further modified after polymerization, such as by conjugation with a labeling component. Other types of modifications include, for example, "caps", substitution of one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides with an analog, internucleotide modifications such as, for example, those with uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates, phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, carbamates, etc.) and with charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates, etc.), those containing pendant moieties, such as, for example, proteins (e.g., nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides, poly-L-lysine, etc.), those with intercalators (e.g., acridine, psoralen, etc.), those containing chelators (e.g., metals, radioactive metals, boron, oxidative metals, etc.), those containing alkylators, those with modified linkages (e.g., alpha anomeric nucleic acids, etc.), as well as unmodified forms of the polynucleotide(s). Further, any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily present in the sugars may be replaced, for example, by phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or activated to prepare additional linkages to additional nucleotides, or may be conjugated to solid supports. The 5' and 3' terminal OH can be phosphorylated or substituted with amines or organic capping group moieties of from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Other hydroxyls may also be derivatized to standard protecting groups. Polynucleotides can also contain analogous forms of ribose or deoxyribose sugars that are generally known in the art, including, for example, 2'-0-methyl-, 2'-0-allyl, 2'-fluoro- or 2'-azido-ribose, carbocyclic sugar analogs, alpha- or beta-anomeric sugars, epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses, pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, sedoheptuloses, acyclic analogs and abasic nucleoside analogs such as methyl riboside. One or more phosphodiester linkages may be replaced by alternative linking groups. These alternative linking groups include, but are not limited to, embodiments wherein phosphate is replaced by P(0)S("thioate"), P(S)S ("dithioate"), (0)NR2 ("amidate"), P(0)R, P(0)OR', CO or CH2 ("formacetal"), in which each R or R' is independently H or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (1 -20 C) optionally containing an ether (-0-) linkage, aryl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or araldyl. Not all linkages in a polynucleotide need be identical. The preceding description applies to all polynucleotides referred to herein, including RNA and DNA.
A "variable region" of an antibody refers to the variable region of the antibody light chain or the variable region of the antibody heavy chain, either alone or in combination. As known in the art, the variable regions of the heavy and light chain each consist of four framework regions (FR) connected by three complementarity determining regions (CDRs) also known as hypervariable regions. The CDRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, with the CDRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies. There are at least two techniques for determining CDRs: (1 ) an approach based on cross-species sequence variability (i.e., Kabat et al. Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, (5th ed., 1991 , National Institutes of Health, Bethesda MD)); and (2) an approach based on crystallographic studies of antigen-antibody complexes (Al-lazikani et al., 1997, J. Molec. Biol. 273:927-948). As used herein, a CDR may refer to CDRs defined by either approach or by a combination of both approaches.
As known in the art a "constant region" of an antibody refers to the constant region of the antibody light chain or the constant region of the antibody heavy chain, either alone or in combination.
As used herein, an antibody "interacts with" IL-7R when the equilibrium dissociation constant is equal to or less than 20 nM, preferably less than about 6 nM, more preferably less than about 1 nM, most preferably less than about 0.2 nM, as measured by the methods disclosed herein in Example 2.
An epitope that "preferentially binds" or "specifically binds" (used interchangeably herein) to an antibody or a polypeptide is a term well understood in the art, and methods to determine such specific or preferential binding are also well known in the art. A molecule is said to exhibit "specific binding" or "preferential binding" if it reacts or associates more frequently, more rapidly, with greater duration and/or with greater affinity with a particular cell or substance than it does with alternative cells or substances. An antibody "specifically binds" or "preferentially binds" to a target if it binds with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other substances. For example, an antibody that specifically or preferentially binds to an IL-7R epitope is an antibody that binds this epitope with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other IL-7R epitopes or non-IL-7R epitopes. It is also understood that by reading this definition, for example, an antibody (or moiety or epitope) that specifically or preferentially binds to a first target may or may not specifically or preferentially bind to a second target. As such, "specific binding" or "preferential binding" does not necessarily require (although it can include) exclusive binding. Generally, but not necessarily, reference to binding means preferential binding.
As used herein, "substantially pure" refers to material which is at least 50% pure
(i.e., free from contaminants), more preferably, at least 90% pure, more preferably, at least 95% pure, yet more preferably, at least 98% pure, and most preferably, at least 99% pure.
A "host cell" includes an individual cell or cell culture that can be or has been a recipient for vector(s) for incorporation of polynucleotide inserts. Host cells include progeny of a single host cell, and the progeny may not necessarily be completely identical (in morphology or in genomic DNA complement) to the original parent cell due to natural, accidental, or deliberate mutation. A host cell includes cells transfected in vivo with a polynucleotide(s) of this invention.
As known in the art, the term "Fc region" is used to define a C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain. The "Fc region" may be a native sequence Fc region or a variant Fc region. Although the boundaries of the Fc region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain might vary, the human IgG heavy chain Fc region is usually defined to stretch from an amino acid residue at position Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl- terminus thereof. The numbering of the residues in the Fc region is that of the EU index as in Kabat. Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md., 1991. The Fc region of an immunoglobulin generally comprises two constant regions, CH2 and CH3. As used in the art, "Fc receptor" and "FcR" describe a receptor that binds to the Fc region of an antibody. The preferred FcR is a native sequence human FcR. Moreover, a preferred FcR is one which binds an IgG antibody (a gamma receptor) and includes receptors of the FcyRI, FcyRII, and FcyRIII subclasses, including allelic variants and alternatively spliced forms of these receptors. FcyRI I receptors include FcyRIIA (an "activating receptor") and FcyRI IB (an "inhibiting receptor"), which have similar amino acid sequences that differ primarily in the cytoplasmic domains thereof. FcRs are reviewed in Ravetch and Kinet, 1991 , Ann. Rev. Immunol., 9:457-92; Capel et al., 1994, Immunomethods, 4:25-34; and de Haas et al., 1995, J. Lab. Clin. Med., 126:330-41 . "FcR" also includes the neonatal receptor, FcRn, which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyer et al., 1976, J. Immunol., 1 17:587; and Kim et al., 1994, J. Immunol., 24:249).
The term "compete", as used herein with regard to an antibody, means that a first antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, binds to an epitope in a manner sufficiently similar to the binding of a second antibody, or an antigen-binding portion thereof, such that the result of binding of the first antibody with its cognate epitope is detectably decreased in the presence of the second antibody compared to the binding of the first antibody in the absence of the second antibody. The alternative, where the binding of the second antibody to its epitope is also detectably decreased in the presence of the first antibody, can, but need not be the case. That is, a first antibody can inhibit the binding of a second antibody to its epitope without that second antibody inhibiting the binding of the first antibody to its respective epitope. However, where each antibody detectably inhibits the binding of the other antibody with its cognate epitope or ligand, whether to the same, greater, or lesser extent, the antibodies are said to "cross-compete" with each other for binding of their respective epitope(s). Both competing and cross-competing antibodies are encompassed by the present invention. Regardless of the mechanism by which such competition or cross-competition occurs (e.g., steric hindrance, conformational change, or binding to a common epitope, or portion thereof), the skilled artisan would appreciate, based upon the teachings provided herein, that such competing and/or cross-competing antibodies are encompassed and can be useful for the methods disclosed herein.
A "functional Fc region" possesses at least one effector function of a native sequence Fc region. Exemplary "effector functions" include C1 q binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity; phagocytosis; down-regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor), etc. Such effector functions generally require the Fc region to be combined with a binding domain (e.g. an antibody variable domain) and can be assessed using various assays known in the art for evaluating such antibody effector functions.
A "native sequence Fc region" comprises an amino acid sequence identical to the amino acid sequence of an Fc region found in nature. A "variant Fc region" comprises an amino acid sequence which differs from that of a native sequence Fc region by virtue of at least one amino acid modification, yet retains at least one effector function of the native sequence Fc region. In some embodiments, the variant Fc region has at least one amino acid substitution compared to a native sequence Fc region or to the Fc region of a parent polypeptide, e.g. from about one to about ten amino acid substitutions, and preferably, from about one to about five amino acid substitutions in a native sequence Fc region or in the Fc region of the parent polypeptide. The variant Fc region herein will preferably possess at least about 80% sequence identity with a native sequence Fc region and/or with an Fc region of a parent polypeptide, and most preferably, at least about 90% sequence identity therewith, more preferably, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, at least about 99% sequence identity therewith.
As used herein, "treatment" is an approach for obtaining beneficial or desired clinical results. For purposes of this invention, beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: enhancement of glucose clearance, lowering blood glucose levels, improving glucose tolerance, reducing incidence of high blood glucose levels resulting from type 1 or type 2 diabetes, reducing incidence or amelioration of one or more symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis, reducing incidence or amelioration of one or more symptoms of GVHD, reducing incidence or amelioration of one or more symptoms of lupus, and reducing incidence or amerlioration of one or more symptoms of multiple sclerosis.
"Reducing incidence" means any of reducing severity (which can include reducing need for and/or amount of (e.g., exposure to) other drugs and/or therapies generally used for this condition. As is understood by those skilled in the art, individuals may vary in terms of their response to treatment, and, as such, for example, a "method of reducing incidence" reflects administering the IL-7R antagonist based on a reasonable expectation that such administration may likely cause such a reduction in incidence in that particular individual.
"Ameliorating" means a lessening or improvement of one or more symptoms as compared to not administering an IL-7R antagonist. "Ameliorating" also includes shortening or reduction in duration of a symptom.
As used herein, an "effective dosage" or "effective amount" of drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to effect any one or more beneficial or desired results. For prophylactic use, beneficial or desired results include eliminating or reducing the risk, lessening the severity, or delaying the outset of the disease, including biochemical, histological and/or behavioral symptoms of the disease, its complications and intermediate pathological phenotypes presenting during development of the disease. For therapeutic use, beneficial or desired results include clinical results such as reducing blood glucose levels, reducing incidence or amelioration of one or more symptoms of type 1 diabetes, type 2 diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, GVHD, lupus or multiple sclerosis, decreasing the dose of other medications required to treat the disease, enhancing the effect of another medication, and/or delaying the progression of the disease of patients. An effective dosage can be administered in one or more administrations. For purposes of this invention, an effective dosage of drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to accomplish prophylactic or therapeutic treatment either directly or indirectly. As is understood in the clinical context, an effective dosage of a drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition may or may not be achieved in conjunction with another drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition. Thus, an "effective dosage" may be considered in the context of administering one or more therapeutic agents, and a single agent may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable result may be or is achieved.
An "individual" or a "subject" is a mammal, more preferably, a human. Mammals also include, but are not limited to, farm animals, sport animals, pets, primates, horses, dogs, cats, mice and rats.
As used herein, "vector" means a construct, which is capable of delivering, and, preferably, expressing, one or more gene(s) or sequence(s) of interest in a host cell. Examples of vectors include, but are not limited to, viral vectors, naked DNA or RNA expression vectors, plasmid, cosmid or phage vectors, DNA or RNA expression vectors associated with cationic condensing agents, DNA or RNA expression vectors encapsulated in liposomes, and certain eukaryotic cells, such as producer cells.
As used herein, "expression control sequence" means a nucleic acid sequence that directs transcription of a nucleic acid. An expression control sequence can be a promoter, such as a constitutive or an inducible promoter, or an enhancer. The expression control sequence is operably linked to the nucleic acid sequence to be transcribed.
As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" or "pharmaceutical acceptable excipient" includes any material which, when combined with an active ingredient, allows the ingredient to retain biological activity and is non-reactive with the subject's immune system. Examples include, but are not limited to, any of the standard pharmaceutical carriers such as a phosphate buffered saline solution, water, emulsions such as oil/water emulsion, and various types of wetting agents. Preferred diluents for aerosol or parenteral administration are phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or normal (0.9%) saline. Compositions comprising such carriers are formulated by well known conventional methods (see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th edition, A. Gennaro, ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1990; and Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000).
The term "kon", as used herein, refers to the rate constant for association of an antibody to an antigen. Specifically, the rate constants (kon and koff) and equilibrium dissociation constants are measured using Fab antibody fragments (i.e. univalent) and IL-7R.
The term "k0ff ", as used herein, refers to the rate constant for dissociation of an antibody from the antibody/antigen complex.
The term "KD", as used herein, refers to the equilibrium dissociation constant of an antibody-antigen interaction.
Reference to "about" a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se. For example, description referring to "about X" includes description of "X." Numeric ranges are inclusive of the numbers defining the range.
It is understood that wherever embodiments are described herein with the language "comprising," otherwise analogous embodiments described in terms of "consisting of" and/or "consisting essentially of" are also provided. Where aspects or embodiments of the invention are described in terms of a Markush group or other grouping of alternatives, the present invention encompasses not only the entire group listed as a whole, but each member of the group individually and all possible subgroups of the main group, but also the main group absent one or more of the group members. The present invention also envisages the explicit exclusion of one or more of any of the group members in the claimed invention.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will control. Throughout this specification and claims, the word "comprise," or variations such as "comprises" or "comprising" will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or group of integers but not the exclusion of any other integer or group of integers. Unless otherwise required by context, singular terms shall include pluralities and plural terms shall include the singular.
Exemplary methods and materials are described herein, although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present invention. The materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting. Methods for preventing or treating type 2 diabetes, GVHD and autoimmune disorders
In one aspect, the invention provides a method for treating or preventing type 2 diabetes in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody. In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating or preventing an autoimmune disease, such as type 1 diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus or multiple sclerosis, in an individual, the method comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an I L-7R antagonist. In another aspect, the invention provides a method for treating or preventing GVHD in an individual comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an IL-7R antagonist.
In some embodiments, therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in lower blood glucose level and improved glucose tolerance. In other embodiments, therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously maintains blood glucose at desirable levels. In some embodiments, therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis including, for example without limitation, joint stiffness, joint swelling, joint pain, and joint redness and warmth.
In some embodiments, therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of lupus including, for example without limitation, fatigue, fever, weight loss, weight gain, joint pain, joint stiffness, joint swelling, malar rash, skin lesions, mouth sores, nose ulcers, hair loss, Raynaud's phenomenon, shortness of breath, chest pain, dry eyes, bruising, anxiety, depression and memory loss.
In some embodiments, therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of multiple sclerosis including, for example without limitation, limb paralysis, tremors, difficulty walking, swallowing difficulties, blindness, blurring vision, and muscle weakness.
In some embodiments, therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of GVHD including, for example without limitation, abdominal pain, abdominal cramps, fever, jaundice, skin rash, vomiting, weight loss, dry eyes, dry mouth, hair loss, hepatitis, lung disorders, and digestive tract disorders.
In some embodiments, therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of acute GVHD including, for example without limitation, pneumonitis, intestinal inflammation, diarrhea, abdominal pain, abdominal cramps, fever, jaundice, nausea, vomiting, liver damage, skin rash, skin damage, damage to the mucosa, sloughing of the mucosal membrane, damage to the gastrointestinal tract, weight loss, maculopapular rash, elevated bilirubin levels, morbidity and mortality.
In some embodiments, therapeutic administration of the IL-7R antagonist advantageously results in reduced incidence and/or amelioration of one or more symptoms of chronic GVHD including, for example without limitation, dry eyes, dry mouth, hair loss, hepatitis, lung disorders, digestive tract disorders, skin rash, oral ulcer, oral atrophy, onchodystrophy, sicca syndrome, sclerosis, lichen-planus-like lesions, poikiloderma, esophageal webs, fasciitis and bronchiolitis obliterans, and damage to the liver, skin and mucosa, connective tissue, exocrine glands and/or the gastrointestinal tract.
A diabetic individual requiring lower blood glucose levels can be treated with an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody. An individual suitable for antibody therapy is selected using clinical criteria and prognostic indicators of diabetes that are well known in the art. An individual at risk of developing diabetes as assessed by known prognostic indicators such as family history, fasting blood glucose levels, or decreased glucose tolerance also warrants administration of an IL-7R antagonist. One skilled in the art would recognize or know how to diagnose an individual with diabetes or disregulated glucose uptake and, depending upon the degree or severity of the disease, can make the appropriate determination of when to administer the antibody and can also select the most desirable mode of administration.
An individual suffering from rheumatoid arthritis can be treated with an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody. An individual suitable for IL-7R antagonist therapy is selected using clinical criteria and prognostic indicators of rheumatoid arthritis that are well known in the art. Diagnosis or assessment of rheumatoid arthritis is well-established in the art. Assessment of severity may be performed based on measures known in the art, such as the rheumatoid arthritis severity scale (RASS). Bardwell et al., Rheumatology, 2002, 41 :38-45. In some embodiments, ameliorating, controlling, reducing incidence of, or delaying the development or progression of rheumatoid arthritis and/or symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis is measured by RASS.
An individual suffering from lupus can be treated with an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody. An individual suitable for IL-7R antagonist therapy is selected using clinical criteria and prognostic indicators of lupus that are well known in the art. One skilled in the art would recognize or know how to diagnose an individual with lupus and, depending upon the degree or severity of the disease, can make the appropriate determination of when to administer the IL-7R antagonist and can also select the most desirable mode of administration.
An individual suffering from multiple sclerosis can be treated with an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody. An individual suitable for IL-7R antagonist therapy is selected using clinical criteria and prognostic indicators of multiple sclerosis that are well known in the art. An individual at risk of developing multiple sclerosis as assessed by known prognostic indicators such as family history or symptom history also warrants administration of an IL-7R antagonist. One skilled in the art would recognize or know how to diagnose an individual with multiple sclerosis and, depending upon the degree or severity of the disease, can make the appropriate determination of when to administer the IL-7R antagonist and can also select the most desirable mode of administration.
An individual suffering from GVHD can be treated with an IL-7R antagonist such as, for example, an antagonist IL-7R antibody. An individual suitable for IL-7R antagonist therapy is selected using clinical criteria and prognostic indicators of GVHD that are well known in the art. Diagnosis or assessment of GVHD is well-established in the art. Tests for GVHD usually depend on the symptoms, but may include gastrointesting endoscopy, with or without a biopsy, liver functions tests (AST, ALP, and bilirubin levels will be increased), livery biopsy, lung x-rays, and/or skin biopsy. Features sufficient to establish the diagnosis of chronic GVHD include, for example without limitation, sclerosis, lichen-planus-like lesions, poikiloderma, esophageal webs, fasciitis and bronchiolitis obliterans (see, e.g., Leet and Flowers, Hematology, January 2008; 2008:134-141 ). Acute liver GVHD may be measured by, for example, the bilirubin level in acute patients. Acute skin GVHD may result in a diffuse maculopapular rash. Assessment of GVHD severity may be performed based on measures known in the art. In some embodiments, ameliorating, controlling, reducing incidence of, or delaying the development or progression of GVHD and/or symptoms of GVHD is measured by overall grade (skin-liver-gut) with each organ staged individually from a low of 1 to a high of 4. In some embodiments, ameliorating, controlling, reducing incidence of, or delaying the development or progression of GVHD and/or symptoms of GVHD is measured by monitoring body weight.
With respect to all methods described herein, reference to I L-7R antagonists also includes compositions comprising one or more additional agents. These compositions may further comprise suitable excipients, such as pharmaceutically acceptable excipients including buffers, which are well known in the art. The present invention can be used alone or in combination with other conventional methods of treatment.
The IL-7R antagonist can be administered to an individual via any suitable route. It should be apparent to a person skilled in the art that the examples described herein are not intended to be limiting but to be illustrative of the techniques available. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the IL-7R antagonist is administered to an individual in accord with known methods, such as intravenous administration, e.g., as a bolus or by continuous infusion over a period of time, by intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intracerebrospinal, transdermal, subcutaneous, intra-articular, sublingually, intrasynovial, via insufflation, intrathecal, oral, inhalation or topical routes. Administration can be systemic, e.g., intravenous administration, or localized. Commercially available nebulizers for liquid formulations, including jet nebulizers and ultrasonic nebulizers are useful for administration. Liquid formulations can be directly nebulized and lyophilized powder can be nebulized after reconstitution. Alternatively, an IL-7R antagonist can be aerosolized using a fluorocarbon formulation and a metered dose inhaler, or inhaled as a lyophilized and milled powder.
In one embodiment, an IL-7R antagonist is administered via site-specific or targeted local delivery techniques. Examples of site-specific or targeted local delivery techniques include various implantable depot sources of the IL-7R antagonist or local delivery catheters, such as infusion catheters, indwelling catheters, or needle catheters, synthetic grafts, adventitial wraps, shunts and stents or other implantable devices, site specific carriers, direct injection, or direct application. See, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 00/5321 1 and U.S. Patent No. 5,981 ,568.
Various formulations of an IL-7R antagonist may be used for administration. In some embodiments, the IL-7R antagonist may be administered neat. In some embodiments, IL-7R antagonist and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may be in various formulations. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are known in the art, and are relatively inert substances that facilitate administration of a pharmacologically effective substance. For example, an excipient can give form or consistency, or act as a diluent. Suitable excipients include but are not limited to stabilizing agents, wetting and emulsifying agents, salts for varying osmolarity, encapsulating agents, buffers, and skin penetration enhancers. Excipients as well as formulations for parenteral and nonparenteral drug delivery are set forth in Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000.
In some embodiments, these agents are formulated for administration by injection
(e.g., intraperitoneally, intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, etc.). Accordingly, these agents can be combined with pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles such as saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, and the like. The particular dosage regimen, i.e., dose, timing and repetition, will depend on the particular individual and that individual's medical history.
An IL-7R antagonist can be administered using any suitable method, including by injection (e.g., intraperitoneally, intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, etc.). IL-7R antibodies can also be administered via inhalation, as described herein. Generally, for administration of IL-7R antibodies, an initial candidate dosage can be about 2 mg/kg. For the purpose of the present invention, a typical daily dosage might range from about any of 3 μg/kg to 30 μg/kg to 300 μg/kg to 3 mg/kg, to 30 mg/kg, to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. For example, dosage of about 1 mg/kg, about 2.5 mg/kg, about 5 mg/kg, about 10 mg/kg, and about 25 mg/kg may be used. For repeated administrations over several days or longer, depending on the condition, the treatment is sustained until a desired suppression of symptoms occurs or until sufficient therapeutic levels are achieved, for example, to reduce blood glucose levels. An exemplary dosing regimen comprises administering an initial dose of about 2 mg/kg, followed by a weekly maintenance dose of about 1 mg/kg of the IL-7R antibody, or followed by a maintenance dose of about 1 mg/kg every other week. However, other dosage regimens may be useful, depending on the pattern of pharmacokinetic decay that the practitioner wishes to achieve. For example, in some embodiments, dosing from one to four times a week is contemplated. In other embodiments dosing once a month or once every other month or every three months is contemplated. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays. The dosing regimen (including the IL-7R antagonist(s) used) can vary over time.
For the purpose of the present invention, the appropriate dosage of an IL-7R antagonist will depend on the IL-7R antagonist (or compositions thereof) employed, the type and severity of symptoms to be treated, whether the agent is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the agent, the patient's clearance rate for the administered agent, and the discretion of the attending physician. Typically the clinician will administer an I L-7R antagonist until a dosage is reached that achieves the desired result. Dose and/or frequency can vary over course of treatment. Empirical considerations, such as the half-life, generally will contribute to the determination of the dosage. For example, antibodies that are compatible with the human immune system, such as humanized antibodies or fully human antibodies, may be used to prolong half-life of the antibody and to prevent the antibody being attacked by the host's immune system. Frequency of administration may be determined and adjusted over the course of therapy, and is generally, but not necessarily, based on treatment and/or suppression and/or amelioration and/or delay of symptoms, e.g., high blood glucose levels, joint pain, etc. Alternatively, sustained continuous release formulations of antagonist IL-7R antibodies may be appropriate. Various formulations and devices for achieving sustained release are known in the art.
In one embodiment, dosages for an IL-7R antagonist may be determined empirically in individuals who have been given one or more administration(s) of an IL-7R antagonist. Individuals are given incremental dosages of an I L-7R antagonist. To assess efficacy, an indicator of the disease can be followed.
Administration of an IL-7R antagonist in accordance with the method in the present invention can be continuous or intermittent, depending, for example, upon the recipient's physiological condition, whether the purpose of the administration is therapeutic or prophylactic, and other factors known to skilled practitioners. The administration of an IL-7R antagonist may be essentially continuous over a preselected period of time or may be in a series of spaced doses.
In some embodiments, more than one IL-7R antagonist may be present. At least one, at least two, at least three, at least four, at least five different, or more IL-7R antagonists can be present. Generally, those I L-7R antagonists may have complementary activities that do not adversely affect each other. For example, one or more of the following IL-7R antagonists may be used: an antagonist IL-7R antibody, an anti-sense molecule directed to an IL-7R (including an anti-sense molecule directed to a nucleic acid encoding IL-7R), an IL-7R inhibitory compound, and an IL-7R structural analog. An IL-7R antagonist can also be used in conjunction with other agents that serve to enhance and/or complement the effectiveness of the agents.
Therapeutic formulations of the IL-7R antagonist used in accordance with the present invention are prepared for storage by mixing an antibody having the desired degree of purity with optional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers (Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions. Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and may comprise buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; salts such as sodium chloride; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens, such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g. Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, PLURONICS™ or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
Liposomes containing the I L-7R antagonist are prepared by methods known in the art, such as described in Epstein, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 82:3688, 1985; Hwang, et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 77:4030, 1980; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,013,556. Particularly useful liposomes can be generated by the reverse phase evaporation method with a lipid composition comprising phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol and PEG-derivatized phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-PE). Liposomes are extruded through filters of defined pore size to yield liposomes with the desired diameter.
The active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacrylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed. Mack Publishing, 2000.
Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the antibody, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g. films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or 'poly(vinylalcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and 7 ethyl-L- glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOT™ (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), sucrose acetate isobutyrate, and poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid.
The formulations to be used for in vivo administration must be sterile. This is readily accomplished by, for example, filtration through sterile filtration membranes. Therapeutic I L-7R antagonist compositions are generally placed into a container having a sterile access port, for example, an intravenous solution bag or vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle.
The compositions according to the present invention may be in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, solutions or suspensions, or suppositories, for oral, parenteral or rectal administration, or administration by inhalation or insufflation.
For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g. conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g. water, to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention, or a non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules. This solid preformulation composition is then subdivided into unit dosage forms of the type described above containing from 0.1 to about 500 mg of the active ingredient of the present invention. The tablets or pills of the novel composition can be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric layer that serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permits the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol and cellulose acetate.
Suitable surface-active agents include, in particular, non-ionic agents, such as polyoxyethylenesorbitans (e.g. Tween™ 20, 40, 60, 80 or 85) and other sorbitans (e.g. Span™ 20, 40, 60, 80 or 85). Compositions with a surface-active agent will conveniently comprise between 0.05 and 5% surface-active agent, and can be between 0.1 and 2.5%. It will be appreciated that other ingredients may be added, for example mannitol or other pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles, if necessary.
Suitable emulsions may be prepared using commercially available fat emulsions, such as Intralipid™, Liposyn™, Infonutrol™, Lipofundin™ and Lipiphysan™. The active ingredient may be either dissolved in a pre-mixed emulsion composition or alternatively it may be dissolved in an oil (e.g. soybean oil, safflower oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, corn oil or almond oil) and an emulsion formed upon mixing with a phospholipid (e.g. egg phospholipids, soybean phospholipids or soybean lecithin) and water. It will be appreciated that other ingredients may be added, for example glycerol or glucose, to adjust the tonicity of the emulsion. Suitable emulsions will typically contain up to 20% oil, for example, between 5 and 20%. The fat emulsion can comprise fat droplets between 0.1 and 1.0 μηη, particularly 0.1 and 0.5 μηη, and have a pH in the range of 5.5 to 8.0.
The emulsion compositions can be those prepared by mixing an IL-7R antagonist with Intralipid™ or the components thereof (soybean oil, egg phospholipids, glycerol and water).
Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders. The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as set out above. In some embodiments, the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect. Compositions in preferably sterile pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulised by use of gases. Nebulised solutions may be breathed directly from the nebulising device or the nebulising device may be attached to a face mask, tent or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices which deliver the formulation in an appropriate manner. IL-7R antagonists
The methods of the invention use an IL-7R antagonist, which refers to any protein, peptide or nucleic acid molecule that blocks, suppresses or reduces (including significantly reduces) IL-7R biological activity, including downstream pathways mediated by IL-7R signaling, such as elicitation of a cellular response to I L-7R. Examples of IL-7R antagonists include, without limitation, antagonist I L-7R antibodies, IL-7R siRNA, IL-7R shRNA, and IL-7R antisense oligonucleotides.
An IL-7R antagonist should exhibit any one or more of the following characteristics: (a) bind to I L-7R; (b) block IL-7R interaction with IL-7; (c) block or decrease IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation; (d) decrease blood glucose levels in vivo; (e) increase glucose tolerance in vivo; (f) reduce disease severity in experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE); (g) block or decrease PI3K phosphorylation; (h) block or decrease AKT phosphorylation; and (i) block IL-7R interaction with other yet to be identified factors.
In some embodiments, the IL-7R antagonist is an antagonist IL-7R antibody. For purposes of this invention, the antagonist IL-7R antibody preferably reacts with IL-7Ra in a manner that inhibits IL-7R signaling function and IL-7 interaction. In some embodiments, the antagonist IL-7R antibody specifically recognizes primate I L-7R. In some embodiments, the antagonist IL-7R antibody binds primate and rodent IL-7R.
The antibodies useful in the present invention can encompass monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, antibody fragments (e.g., Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv, Fc, etc.), chimeric antibodies, bispecific antibodies, heteroconjugate antibodies, single chain (ScFv), mutants thereof, fusion proteins comprising an antibody portion (e.g., a domain antibody), humanized antibodies, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen recognition site of the required specificity, including glycosylation variants of antibodies, amino acid sequence variants of antibodies, and covalently modified antibodies. The antibodies may be murine, rat, human, or any other origin (including chimeric or humanized antibodies).
In some embodiments, the antagonist I L-7R antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
The antagonist IL-7R antibody can also be humanized. In other embodiments, the antibody is human. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a modified constant region, such as, for example without limitation, a constant region that has increased potential for provoking an immune response. For example, the constant region may be modified to have increased affinity to an Fc gamma receptor such as, e.g., FcyRI or FcyRIIA.
In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a modified constant region, such as a constant region that is immunologically inert, that is, having a reduced potential for provoking an immune response. In some embodiments, the constant region is modified as described in Eur. J. Immunol., 1999, 29:2613-2624; PCT Application No. PCT/GB99/01441 ; and/or UK Patent Application No. 9809951.8. The Fc can be human human lgG1 , human lgG2 or human lgG4. The Fc can be human lgG2 containing the mutation A330P331 to S330S331 (lgG2Aa), in which the amino acid residues are numbered with reference to the wild type lgG2 sequence. Eur. J. Immunol., 1999, 29:2613-2624. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a constant region of lgG4 comprising the following mutations (Armour et al., 2003, Molecular Immunology 40 585- 593): E233F234L235 to P233V234A235 (lgG4Ac), in which the numbering is with reference to wild type lgG4. In yet another embodiment, the Fc is human lgG4 E233F234L235 to P233V234A235 with deletion G236 (lgG4Ab). In another embodiment the Fc is any human lgG4 Fc (lgG4, lgG4Ab or lgG4Ac) containing hinge stabilizing mutation S228 to P228 (Aalberse et al., 2002, Immunology 105, 9-19). In another embodiment, the Fc can be aglycosylated Fc.
In some embodiments, the constant region is aglycosylated by mutating the oligosaccharide attachment residue (such as Asn297) and/or flanking residues that are part of the glycosylation recognition sequence in the constant region. In some embodiments, the constant region is aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation enzymatically. The constant region may be aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation enzymatically or by expression in a glycosylation deficient host cell.
The binding affinity (KD) of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to IL-7R (such as human IL-7R) can be about 0.002 to about 200 nM. In some embodiments, the binding affinity is any of about 200 nM, about 100 nM, about 50 nM, about 10 nM, about 1 nM, about 500 pM, about 100 pM, about 60 pM, about 50 pM, about 20 pM, about 15 pM, about 10 pM, about 5 pM, or about 2 pM. In some embodiments, the binding affinity is less than any of about 250 nM, about 200 nM, about 100 nM, about 50 nM, about 10 nM, about 1 nM, about 500 pM, about 100 pM, about 50 pM, about 20 pM, about 10 pM, about 5 pM, or about 2 pM.
One way of determining binding affinity of antibodies to I L-7R is by measuring binding affinity of monofunctional Fab fragments of the antibody. To obtain monofunctional Fab fragments, an antibody (for example, IgG) can be cleaved with papain or expressed recombinantly. The affinity of an IL-7R Fab fragment of an antibody can be determined by surface plasmon resonance (Biacore™3000™ surface plasmon resonance (SPR) system, Biacore™, INC, Piscataway NJ) equipped with pre- immobilized streptavidin sensor chips (SA) using HBS-EP running buffer (0.01 M HEPES, pH 7.4, 0.15 NaCI, 3 mM EDTA, 0.005% v/v Surfactant P20). Biotinylated human IL-7R (or any other IL-7R) can be diluted into HBS-EP buffer to a concentration of less than 0.5 μg/mL and injected across the individual chip channels using variable contact times, to achieve two ranges of antigen density, either 50-200 response units (RU) for detailed kinetic studies or 800-1 ,000 RU for screening assays. Regeneration studies have shown that 25 mM NaOH in 25% v/v ethanol effectively removes the bound Fab while keeping the activity of IL-7R on the chip for over 200 injections. Typically, serial dilutions (spanning concentrations of 0.1-1 Ox estimated KD) of purified Fab samples are injected for 1 min at 100 μΙ_/ΓτπηυΙβ and dissociation times of up to 2 hours are allowed. The concentrations of the Fab proteins are determined by ELISA and/or SDS-PAGE electrophoresis using a Fab of known concentration (as determined by amino acid analysis) as a standard. Kinetic association rates (kon) and dissociation rates (k0ff) are obtained simultaneously by fitting the data globally to a 1 :1 Langmuir binding model (Karlsson, R. Roos, H. Fagerstam, L. Petersson, B. (1994). Methods Enzymology 6. 99-1 10) using the BIAevaluation program. Equilibrium dissociation constant (KD) values are calculated as koff/kon. This protocol is suitable for use in determining binding affinity of an antibody to any IL-7R, including human IL-7R, IL-7R of another mammal (such as mouse I L-7R, rat IL-7R, primate IL-7R), as well as different forms of IL-7R. Binding affinity of an antibody is generally measured at 25°C, but can also be measured at 37°C.
The antagonist IL-7R antibodies may be made by any method known in the art, including the method as provided in Example 1 . For the production of hybridoma cell lines, the route and schedule of immunization of the host animal are generally in keeping with established and conventional techniques for antibody stimulation and production, as further described herein. General techniques for production of human and mouse antibodies are known in the art and/or are described herein.
It is contemplated that any mammalian subject including humans or antibody producing cells therefrom can be manipulated to serve as the basis for production of mammalian, including human, hybridoma cell lines. Typically, the host animal is inoculated intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, orally, subcutaneously, intraplantar, and/or intradermally with an amount of immunogen, including as described herein.
Hybridomas can be prepared from the lymphocytes and immortalized myeloma cells using the general somatic cell hybridization technique of Kohler, B. and Milstein, C, 1975, Nature 256:495-497 or as modified by Buck, D. W., et al., In Vitro, 18:377-381 , 1982. Available myeloma lines, including but not limited to X63-Ag8.653 and those from the Salk Institute, Cell Distribution Center, San Diego, Calif., USA, may be used in the hybridization. Generally, the technique involves fusing myeloma cells and lymphoid cells using a fusogen such as polyethylene glycol, or by electrical means well known to those skilled in the art. After the fusion, the cells are separated from the fusion medium and grown in a selective growth medium, such as hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine (HAT) medium, to eliminate unhybridized parent cells. Any of the media described herein, supplemented with or without serum, can be used for culturing hybridomas that secrete monoclonal antibodies. As another alternative to the cell fusion technique, EBV immortalized B cells may be used to produce the IL-7R monoclonal antibodies of the subject invention. The hybridomas are expanded and subcloned, if desired, and supernatants are assayed for anti-immunogen activity by conventional immunoassay procedures (e.g., radioimmunoassay, enzyme immunoassay, or fluorescence immunoassay).
Hybridomas that may be used as source of antibodies encompass all derivatives, progeny cells of the parent hybridomas that produce monoclonal antibodies specific for IL-7R, or a portion thereof.
Hybridomas that produce such antibodies may be grown in vitro or in vivo using known procedures. The monoclonal antibodies may be isolated from the culture media or body fluids, by conventional immunoglobulin purification procedures such as ammonium sulfate precipitation, gel electrophoresis, dialysis, chromatography, and ultrafiltration, if desired. Undesired activity, if present, can be removed, for example, by running the preparation over adsorbents made of the immunogen attached to a solid phase and eluting or releasing the desired antibodies off the immunogen. Immunization of a host animal with a human IL-7Ra, or a fragment containing the target amino acid sequence conjugated to a protein that is immunogenic in the species to be immunized, e.g., keyhole limpet hemocyanin, serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, or soybean trypsin inhibitor using a bifunctional or derivatizing agent, for example, maleimidobenzoyl sulfosuccinimide ester (conjugation through cysteine residues), N- hydroxysuccinimide (through lysine residues), glutaraldehyde, succinic anhydride, SOCI2, or R1N=C=NR, where R and R1 are different alkyl groups, can yield a population of antibodies (e.g., monoclonal antibodies).
If desired, the antagonist IL-7R antibody (monoclonal or polyclonal) of interest may be sequenced and the polynucleotide sequence may then be cloned into a vector for expression or propagation. The sequence encoding the antibody of interest may be maintained in vector in a host cell and the host cell can then be expanded and frozen for future use. Production of recombinant monoclonal antibodies in cell culture can be carried out through cloning of antibody genes from B cells by means known in the art. See, e.g. Tiller et al., 2008, J. Immunol. Methods 329, 1 12; US Patent No. 7,314,622.
In an alternative, the polynucleotide sequence may be used for genetic manipulation to "humanize" the antibody or to improve the affinity, or other characteristics of the antibody. For example, the constant region may be engineered to more nearly resemble human constant regions to avoid immune response if the antibody is used in clinical trials and treatments in humans. It may be desirable to genetically manipulate the antibody sequence to obtain greater affinity to IL-7R and greater efficacy in inhibiting I L-7R. It will be apparent to one of skill in the art that one or more polynucleotide changes can be made to the antagonist IL-7R antibody and still maintain its binding ability to IL-7R.
There are four general steps to humanize a monoclonal antibody. These are: (1 ) determining the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of the starting antibody light and heavy variable domains (2) designing the humanized antibody, i.e., deciding which antibody framework region to use during the humanizing process (3) the actual humanizing methodologies/techniques and (4) the transfection and expression of the humanized antibody. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,816,567; 5,807,715; 5,866,692; 6,331 ,415; 5,530, 101 ; 5,693,761 ; 5,693,762; 5,585,089; and 6, 180,370. A number of "humanized" antibody molecules comprising an antigen-binding site derived from a non-human immunoglobulin have been described, including chimeric antibodies having rodent or modified rodent V regions and their associated CDRs fused to human constant regions. See, for example, Winter et al. Nature 349:293-299, 1991 , Lobuglio et al. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 86:4220-4224, 1989, Shaw et al. J Immunol. 138:4534-4538, 1987, and Brown et al. Cancer Res. 47:3577-3583, 1987. Other references describe rodent CDRs grafted into a human supporting framework region (FR) prior to fusion with an appropriate human antibody constant region. See, for example, Riechmann et al. Nature 332:323-327, 1988, Verhoeyen et al. Science 239:1534-1536, 1988, and Jones et al. Nature 321 :522-525, 1986. Another reference describes rodent CDRs supported by recombinantly engineered rodent framework regions. See, for example, European Patent Publication No. 0519596. These "humanized" molecules are designed to minimize unwanted immunological response toward rodent anti-human antibody molecules which limits the duration and effectiveness of therapeutic applications of those moieties in human recipients. For example, the antibody constant region can be engineered such that it is immunologically inert (e.g., does not trigger complement lysis). See, e.g. PCT Publication No. PCT/GB99/01441 ; UK Patent Application No. 9809951.8. Other methods of humanizing antibodies that may also be utilized are disclosed by Daugherty et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 19:2471 -2476, 1991 , and in U.S. Patent Nos. 6, 180,377; 6,054,297; 5,997,867; 5,866,692; 6,210,671 ; and 6,350,861 ; and in PCT Publication No. WO 01/27160.
It is apparent that although the above discussion pertains to humanized antibodies, the general principles discussed are applicable to customizing antibodies for use, for example, in dogs, cats, primate, equines and bovines. It is further apparent that one or more aspects of humanizing an antibody described herein may be combined, e.g., CDR grafting, framework mutation and CDR mutation.
In yet another alternative, fully human antibodies may be obtained by using commercially available mice that have been engineered to express specific human immunoglobulin proteins. Transgenic animals that are designed to produce a more desirable (e.g., fully human antibodies) or more robust immune response may also be used for generation of humanized or human antibodies. Examples of such technology are Xenomouse™ from Abgenix, Inc. (Fremont, CA) and HuMAb-Mouse® and TC Mouse™ from Medarex, Inc. (Princeton, NJ). In an alternative, antibodies may be made recombinantly and expressed using any method known in the art. In another alternative, antibodies may be made recombinantly by phage display technology. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,565,332; 5,580,717; 5,733,743; and 6,265, 150; and Winter et al., Annu. Rev. Immunol. 12:433-455, 1994. Alternatively, the phage display technology (McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-553, 1990) can be used to produce human antibodies and antibody fragments in vitro, from immunoglobulin variable (V) domain gene repertoires from unimmunized donors. According to this technique, antibody V domain genes are cloned in-frame into either a major or minor coat protein gene of a filamentous bacteriophage, such as M13 or fd, and displayed as functional antibody fragments on the surface of the phage particle. Because the filamentous particle contains a single-stranded DNA copy of the phage genome, selections based on the functional properties of the antibody also result in selection of the gene encoding the antibody exhibiting those properties. Thus, the phage mimics some of the properties of the B cell. Phage display can be performed in a variety of formats; for review see, e.g., Johnson, Kevin S. and Chiswell, David J., Current Opinion in Structural Biology 3:564-571 , 1993. Several sources of V-gene segments can be used for phage display. Clackson et al., Nature 352:624-628, 1991 , isolated a diverse array of anti-oxazolone antibodies from a small random combinatorial library of V genes derived from the spleens of immunized mice. A repertoire of V genes from unimmunized human donors can be constructed and antibodies to a diverse array of antigens (including self-antigens) can be isolated essentially following the techniques described by Mark et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222:581 -597, 1991 , or Griffith et al., EMBO J. 12:725-734, 1993. In a natural immune response, antibody genes accumulate mutations at a high rate (somatic hypermutation). Some of the changes introduced will confer higher affinity, and B cells displaying high-affinity surface immunoglobulin are preferentially replicated and differentiated during subsequent antigen challenge. This natural process can be mimicked by employing the technique known as "chain shuffling." (Marks et al., Bio/Technol. 10:779-783, 1992). In this method, the affinity of "primary" human antibodies obtained by phage display can be improved by sequentially replacing the heavy and light chain V region genes with repertoires of naturally occurring variants (repertoires) of V domain genes obtained from unimmunized donors. This technique allows the production of antibodies and antibody fragments with affinities in the pM-nM range. A strategy for making very large phage antibody repertoires (also known as "the mother-of-all libraries") has been described by Waterhouse et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 21 :2265-2266, 1993. Gene shuffling can also be used to derive human antibodies from rodent antibodies, where the human antibody has similar affinities and specificities to the starting rodent antibody. According to this method, which is also referred to as "epitope imprinting", the heavy or light chain V domain gene of rodent antibodies obtained by phage display technique is replaced with a repertoire of human V domain genes, creating rodent-human chimeras. Selection on antigen results in isolation of human variable regions capable of restoring a functional antigen-binding site, i.e., the epitope governs (imprints) the choice of partner. When the process is repeated in order to replace the remaining rodent V domain, a human antibody is obtained (see PCT Publication No. WO 93/06213). Unlike traditional humanization of rodent antibodies by CDR grafting, this technique provides completely human antibodies, which have no framework or CDR residues of rodent origin.
Antibodies may be made recombinantly by first isolating the antibodies and antibody producing cells from host animals, obtaining the gene sequence, and using the gene sequence to express the antibody recombinantly in host cells (e.g., CHO cells). Another method which may be employed is to express the antibody sequence in plants (e.g., tobacco) or transgenic milk. Methods for expressing antibodies recombinantly in plants or milk have been disclosed. See, for example, Peeters, et al. Vaccine 19:2756, 2001 ; Lonberg, N. and D. Huszar Int. Rev. Immunol 13:65, 1995; and Pollock, et al., J Immunol Methods 231 :147, 1999. Methods for making derivatives of antibodies, e.g., humanized, single chain, etc. are known in the art.
Immunoassays and flow cytometry sorting techniques such as fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) can also be employed to isolate antibodies that are specific for IL-7R.
The antibodies can be bound to many different carriers. Carriers can be active and/or inert. Examples of well-known carriers include polypropylene, polystyrene, polyethylene, dextran, nylon, amylases, glass, natural and modified celluloses, polyacrylamides, agaroses and magnetite. The nature of the carrier can be either soluble or insoluble for purposes of the invention. Those skilled in the art will know of other suitable carriers for binding antibodies, or will be able to ascertain such, using routine experimentation. In some embodiments, the carrier comprises a moiety that targets the myocardium. DNA encoding the monoclonal antibodies is readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the monoclonal antibodies). The hybridoma cells serve as a preferred source of such DNA. Once isolated, the DNA may be placed into expression vectors (such as expression vectors disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462), which are then transfected into host cells such as E. coli cells, simian COS cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, or myeloma cells that do not otherwise produce immunoglobulin protein, to obtain the synthesis of monoclonal antibodies in the recombinant host cells. See, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462. The DNA also may be modified, for example, by substituting the coding sequence for human heavy and light chain constant regions in place of the homologous murine sequences, Morrison et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 81 :6851 , 1984, or by covalently joining to the immunoglobulin coding sequence all or part of the coding sequence for a non-immunoglobulin polypeptide. In that manner, "chimeric" or "hybrid" antibodies are prepared that have the binding specificity of an IL- 7R monoclonal antibody herein.
Antagonist IL-7R antibodies can be identified or characterized using methods known in the art, whereby reduction, amelioration, or neutralization of IL-7R biological activity is detected and/or measured. In some embodiments, an antagonist IL-7R antibody is identified by incubating a candidate agent with IL-7R and monitoring binding and/or attendant reduction or neutralization of a biological activity of IL-7R. The binding assay may be performed with purified IL-7R polypeptide(s), or with cells naturally expressing, or transfected to express, I L-7R polypeptide(s). In one embodiment, the binding assay is a competitive binding assay, where the ability of a candidate antibody to compete with a known IL-7R antagonist for IL-7R binding is evaluated. The assay may be performed in various formats, including the ELISA format. In other embodiments, an antagonist IL-7R antibody is identified by incubating a candidate agent with IL-7R and monitoring binding and attendant inhibition of STAT5 phorphorylation.
Following initial identification, the activity of a candidate antagonist IL-7R antibody can be further confirmed and refined by bioassays, known to test the targeted biological activities. Alternatively, bioassays can be used to screen candidates directly. Some of the methods for identifying and characterizing antagonist IL-7R antibodies are described in detail in the Examples. Antagonist IL-7R antibodies may be characterized using methods well known in the art. For example, one method is to identify the epitope to which it binds, or "epitope mapping." There are many methods known in the art for mapping and characterizing the location of epitopes on proteins, including solving the crystal structure of an antibody-antigen complex, competition assays, gene fragment expression assays, and synthetic peptide-based assays, as described, for example, in Chapter 1 1 of Harlow and Lane, Using Antibodies, a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, New York, 1999. In an additional example, epitope mapping can be used to determine the sequence to which an antagonist IL-7R antibody binds. Epitope mapping is commercially available from various sources, for example, Pepscan Systems (Edelhertweg 15, 8219 PH Lelystad, The Netherlands). The epitope can be a linear epitope, i.e., contained in a single stretch of amino acids, or a conformational epitope formed by a three-dimensional interaction of amino acids that may not necessarily be contained in a single stretch. Peptides of varying lengths (e.g., at least 4-6 amino acids long) can be isolated or synthesized (e.g., recombinantly) and used for binding assays with an antagonist IL-7R antibody. In another example, the epitope to which the antagonist IL-7R antibody binds can be determined in a systematic screening by using overlapping peptides derived from the IL-7R sequence and determining binding by the antagonist I L-7R antibody. According to the gene fragment expression assays, the open reading frame encoding IL-7R is fragmented either randomly or by specific genetic constructions and the reactivity of the expressed fragments of IL-7R with the antibody to be tested is determined. The gene fragments may, for example, be produced by PCR and then transcribed and translated into protein in vitro, in the presence of radioactive amino acids. The binding of the antibody to the radioactively labeled IL-7R fragments is then determined by immunoprecipitation and gel electrophoresis. Certain epitopes can also be identified by using large libraries of random peptide sequences displayed on the surface of phage particles (phage libraries). Alternatively, a defined library of overlapping peptide fragments can be tested for binding to the test antibody in simple binding assays. In an additional example, mutagenesis of an antigen binding domain, domain swapping experiments and alanine scanning mutagenesis can be performed to identify residues required, sufficient, and/or necessary for epitope binding. For example, domain swapping experiments can be performed using a mutant IL-7R in which various fragments of the IL-7R polypeptide have been replaced (swapped) with sequences from IL-7R from another species, or a closely related, but antigenically distinct protein (such as another member of the proprotein convertase family). By assessing binding of the antibody to the mutant IL-7R, the importance of the particular IL-7R fragment to antibody binding can be assessed.
Yet another method which can be used to characterize an antagonist IL-7R antibody is to use competition assays with other antibodies known to bind to the same antigen, i.e., various fragments on IL-7R, to determine if the antagonist I L-7R antibody binds to the same epitope as other antibodies. Competition assays are well known to those of skill in the art.
An expression vector can be used to direct expression of an antagonist IL-7R antibody. One skilled in the art is familiar with administration of expression vectors to obtain expression of an exogenous protein in vivo. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 6,436,908; 6,413,942; and 6,376,471. Administration of expression vectors includes local or systemic administration, including injection, oral administration, particle gun or catheterized administration, and topical administration. In another embodiment, the expression vector is administered directly to the sympathetic trunk or ganglion, or into a coronary artery, atrium, ventrical, or pericardium.
Targeted delivery of therapeutic compositions containing an expression vector, or subgenomic polynucleotides can also be used. Receptor-mediated DNA delivery techniques are described in, for example, Findeis et al., Trends Biotechnol., 1993, 1 1 :202; Chiou et al., Gene Therapeutics: Methods And Applications Of Direct Gene Transfer, J.A. Wolff, ed., 1994; Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1988, 263:621 ; Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1994, 269:542; Zenke et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1990, 87:3655; Wu et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1991 , 266:338. Therapeutic compositions containing a polynucleotide are administered in a range of about 100 ng to about 200 mg of DNA for local administration in a gene therapy protocol. Concentration ranges of about 500 ng to about 50 mg, about 1 μg to about 2 mg, about 5 μg to about 500 μg, and about 20 μg to about 100 μg of DNA can also be used during a gene therapy protocol. The therapeutic polynucleotides and polypeptides can be delivered using gene delivery vehicles. The gene delivery vehicle can be of viral or non-viral origin (see generally, Jolly, Cancer Gene Therapy, 1994, 1 :51 ; Kimura, Human Gene Therapy, 1994, 5:845; Connelly, Human Gene Therapy, 1995, 1 : 185; and Kaplitt, Nature Genetics, 1994, 6:148). Expression of such coding sequences can be induced using endogenous mammalian or heterologous promoters. Expression of the coding sequence can be either constitutive or regulated.
Viral-based vectors for delivery of a desired polynucleotide and expression in a desired cell are well known in the art. Exemplary viral-based vehicles include, but are not limited to, recombinant retroviruses (see, e.g., PCT Publication Nos. WO 90/07936; WO 94/03622; WO 93/25698; WO 93/25234; WO 93/1 1230; WO 93/10218; WO 91/02805; U.S. Patent Nos. 5, 219,740 and 4,777, 127; GB Patent No. 2,200,651 ; and EP Patent No. 0 345 242), alphavirus-based vectors (e.g., Sindbis virus vectors, Semliki forest virus (ATCC VR-67; ATCC VR-1247), Ross River virus (ATCC VR-373; ATCC VR-1246) and Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus (ATCC VR-923; ATCC VR-1250; ATCC VR 1249; ATCC VR-532)), and adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors (see, e.g., PCT Publication Nos. WO 94/12649, WO 93/03769; WO 93/19191 ; WO 94/28938; WO 95/1 1984 and WO 95/00655). Administration of DNA linked to killed adenovirus as described in Curiel, Hum. Gene Ther., 1992, 3:147 can also be employed.
Non-viral delivery vehicles and methods can also be employed, including, but not limited to, polycationic condensed DNA linked or unlinked to killed adenovirus alone (see, e.g., Curiel, Hum. Gene Ther., 1992, 3:147); ligand-linked DNA (see, e.g., Wu, J. Biol. Chem., 1989, 264:16985); eukaryotic cell delivery vehicles cells (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,814,482; PCT Publication Nos. WO 95/07994; WO 96/17072; WO 95/30763; and WO 97/42338) and nucleic charge neutralization or fusion with cell membranes. Naked DNA can also be employed. Exemplary naked DNA introduction methods are described in PCT Publication No. WO 90/1 1092 and U.S. Patent No. 5,580,859. Liposomes that can act as gene delivery vehicles are described in U.S. Patent No. 5,422, 120; PCT Publication Nos. WO 95/13796; WO 94/23697; WO 91/14445; and EP 0524968. Additional approaches are described in Philip, Mol. Cell Biol., 1994, 14:241 1 , and in Woffendin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 1994, 91 :1581.
In some embodiments, the invention encompasses compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions, comprising antibodies described herein or made by the methods and having the characteristics described herein. As used herein, compositions comprise one or more antibodies that antagonize the interaction of IL-7R with IL-7, and/or one or more polynucleotides comprising sequences encoding one or more these antibodies. These compositions may further comprise suitable excipients, such as pharmaceutically acceptable excipients including buffers, which are well known in the art.
The antagonist IL-7R antibodies of the invention are characterized by any (one or more) of the following characteristics: (a) bind to IL-7R; (b) block IL-7R interaction with IL-7; (c) block or decrease IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation; (d) decrease blood glucose levels in vivo; (e) improve glucose tolerance in vivo; and (f) reduce disease severity in EAE. Preferably, antagonist IL-7R antibodies have two or more of these features. More preferably, the antibodies have three or more of the features. More preferably, the antibodies have four or more of the features. More preferably, the antibodies have five or more of the features. Most preferably, the antibodies have all six characteristics.
Accordingly, the invention provides any of the following, or compositions (including pharmaceutical compositions) comprising any of the following: (a) an antibody having a partial light chain sequence of
NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTEDEADYYCQSYDSSHLVFGGGTKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 1 ),
NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTISCTGSSGRIASSYVQWYQQRPGSAPTTVIYEDNQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTEDEADYYCQSYASSSLWVFGGGTQLTVLS (SEQ ID NO: 3),
NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTEDEADYYCMQYDSSHLVFGGGTKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 5),
NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTEDEADYYCQSYDFHHLVFGGGTKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 7),
NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTEDEADYYCQSYDFHHLVFGGGTKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 9),
NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTEDEADYYCMQYDFHHLVFGGGTKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 1 1 ), NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGSSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTEDEADYYCMQYDFHHLVFGGGTKLTVL (SEQ ID NO: 44), or
NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGSSPTTVIYEDDQRPSG VPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTEDEADYYCQSYDFHHLVFGGGTKLTVL (SEQ ID NO: 41 ); and (b) an antibody having a partial heavy chain sequence of
QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLSLVGWDG SATYYADSVKGRFTISRDNTKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQGDYVFDYWGQGTL VTVSS (SEQ I D NO: 2),
QVTLKESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSNYGMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVSAISGSGG STYYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTVYLQMNSLRDEDTAVYYCARDISGGGMDVWGQGTT VTVSS (SEQ I D NO: 4),
QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLSLVGWDG FFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNTKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQGDYVFNNWGQGTL VTVSS (SEQ I D NO: 6),
QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLSLVGWDG FFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNTKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQGDYMGDYWGQGTL VTVSS (SEQ I D NO: 8),
QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLSLVGWDG FFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNTKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQGDYMGNNWGQGTL VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 10),
QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLSLVGWDG FFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNTKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQGDYMGNNWGQGTL VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 12), or
EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVSLVGWDG FFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQGDYMGNNWGQGTL VTVSS (SEQ ID NO: 40).
Table 1
mAb Light Chain Heavy Chain
P3A9 NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTIS QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAAS
CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLS GNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGSATYYADSVKGRFTISRDN mAb Light Chain Heavy Chain
FSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTE TKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQ DEADYYCQSYDSSHLVFGGG GDYVFDYWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID
TKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 1 ) NO: 2)
P4B3 NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTIS QVTLKESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAAS
CTGSSGRIASSYVQWYQQRP GFTFSNYGMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVS GSAPTTVIYEDNQRPSGVPDR AISGSGGSTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNS
FSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTE KNTVYLQMNSLRDEDTAVYYCARDIS DEADYYCQSYASSSLWVFGG GGGMDVWGQGTTVTVSS (SEQ ID
GTQLTVLS (SEQ ID NO: 3) NO: 4)
P2D2 NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTIS QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAAS
CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLS GNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDN
FSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTE TKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQ DEADYYCMQYDSSHLVFGGG GDYVFNNWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID
TKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 5) NO: 6)
P2E1 1 NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTIS QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAAS
CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLS GNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDN
FSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTE TKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQ DEADYYCQSYDFHHLVFGGG GDYMGDYWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID
TKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 7) NO: 8)
HAL NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTIS QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAAS
403a CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLS
GNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDN
FSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTE TKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQ DEADYYCQSYDFHHLVFGGG GDYMGNNWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID
TKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 9) NO: 10)
HAL NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTIS QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAAS
403b CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWLS
GNSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDN
FSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTE TKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQ DEADYYCMQYDFHHLVFGGG GDYMGNNWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID mAb Light Chain Heavy Chain
TKLTVLC (SEQ ID NO: 1 1 ) NO: 12)
C1 GM NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTIS EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAAS
CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVS GSSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDN
FSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTE AKNS LYLQM NS LRAE DTAVYYCARQ DEADYYCQSYDFHHLVFGGG GDYMGNNWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID
TKLTVL (SEQ ID NO: 41 ) NO: 40)
C2M3 NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTIS EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAAS
CTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRP GFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVS GSSPTTVIYEDDQRPSGVPDR LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDN
FSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTE AKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCARQ DEADYYCMQYDFHHLVFGGG GDYMGNNWGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID
TKLTVL (SEQ ID NO: 44) NO: 40)
In Table 1 , the underlined sequences are CDR sequences according to Kabat and in bold according to Chothia.
The invention also provides CDR portions of antibodies to IL-7R (including Chothia, Kabat CDRs, and CDR contact regions). Determination of CDR regions is well within the skill of the art. It is understood that in some embodiments, CDRs can be a combination of the Kabat and Chothia CDR (also termed "combined CRs" or "extended CDRs"). In some embodiments, the CDRs are the Kabat CDRs. In other embodiments, the CDRs are the Chothia CDRs. In other words, in embodiments with more than one CDR, the CDRs may be any of Kabat, Chothia, combination CDRs, or combinations thereof. Table 2 provides examples of CDR sequences provided herein.
Table 2
Heavy Chain
mAb CDRH1 CDRH2 CDRH3
P3A9 DSVMH (SEQ ID LVGWDGSATYYADSVKG QGDYVFDY (SEQ
NO: 19) (SEQ ID NO: 21 ) ID NO: 24)
P4B3 NYGMH (SEQ ID AISGSGGSTYYADSVKG DISGGGMDV
NO: 20) (SEQ ID NO: 22) (SEQ ID NO: 25)
P2D2 DSVMH (SEQ ID LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG QGDYVFNN (SEQ NO: 19) (SEQ ID NO: 23) ID NO: 26)
P2E1 1 DSVMH (SEQ ID LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG QGDYMGDY (SEQ
NO: 19) (SEQ ID NO: 23) ID NO: 27)
HAL DSVMH (SEQ ID LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG QGDYMGNN (SEQ 403a NO: 19) (SEQ ID NO: 23) ID NO: 28)
C1 GM DSVMH (SEQ ID LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG QGDYMGNN (SEQ
NO: 19) (Kabat); (SEQ ID NO: 23) (Kabat); ID NO: 49);
GFTFDDS (SEQ ID GWDGFF (SEQ ID NO: 48)
NO: 46) (Chothia); (Chothia);
GFTFDDSVMH
(SEQ ID NO: 47)
(extended)
C2M3 DSVMH (SEQ ID LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG QGDYMGNN (SEQ
NO: 19) (SEQ ID NO: 23) ID NO: 49)
HAL DSVMH (SEQ ID LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG QGDYMGNN (SEQ 403b NO: 19) (SEQ ID NO: 23) ID NO: 28)
Heavy X X2VMH, wherein XiX2X3X4X5GX6X7TYYADSV Xi X2X3X4X5X6X7X8 , Chain X-i is D or N; X2 is S KG, wherein Xi is L or A; X2 wherein Xi is Q or consen or Y (SEQ ID NO: is V or I; X3 is G or S; X4 is W D; X2 is G or I; X3 is sus 50) or G; X5 is D or S; X6 is F, G D or S; X4 is Y or G;
or S; X7 is F, A or S (SEQ ID X5 is M, V or G; X6 NO: 51 ) is G or F; X7 is N, D or M; X8 is N, Y or D (SEQ ID NO: 52)
Light Chain
mAb CDRL1 CDRL2 CDRL3
P3A9 TRSSGSIDSSYVQ EDDQRPS (SEQ ID NO: QSYDSSHLV (SEQ
(SEQ ID NO: 29) 31 ) ID NO: 33)
P4B3 TGSSGRIASSYVQ EDNQRPS (SEQ ID NO: QSYASSSLWV
(SEQ ID NO: 30) 32) (SEQ ID NO: 34)
P2D2 TRSSGSIDSSYVQ EDDQRPS (SEQ ID NO: MQYDSSHLV
(SEQ ID NO: 29) 31 ) (SEQ ID NO: 35) P2E1 1 TRSSGSIDSSYVQ EDDQRPS (SEQ ID NO: QSYDFHHLV (SEQ (SEQ ID NO: 29) 31 ) ID NO: 36)
HAL TRSSGSIDSSYVQ EDDQRPS (SEQ ID NO: QSYDFHHLV (SEQ 403a (SEQ ID NO: 29) 31 ) ID NO: 36)
C1 GM TRSSGSIDSSYVQ EDDQRPS (SEQ ID NO: QSYDFHHLV (SEQ
(SEQ ID NO: 29) 31 ) ID NO: 36)
C2M3 TRSSGSIDSSYVQ EDDQRPS (SEQ ID NO: MQYDFHHLV
(SEQ ID NO: 29) 31 ) (SEQ ID NO: 37)
HAL TRSSGSIDSSYVQ EDDQRPS (SEQ ID NO: MQYDFHHLV
403b (SEQ ID NO: 29) 31 ) (SEQ ID NO: 37)
Light "D^SSGX^XaSSYVQ EDX-iQRPS wherein X-, is D X-i Χ2ΥΧ3Χ4ΧδΧβ LX7 Chain wherein Xi is R or G; or N (SEQ ID NO: 54) wherein Xi is Q or consen X2 is S or R ; X3 is D or M; X2 is S or Q; X3 sus A (SEQ ID NO: 53) is D or A; X4 is F or
S; X5 is H or S; X6 is H or S; X7 is V or W (SEQ ID NO: 55)
CDR contact regions are regions of an antibody that imbue specificity to the antibody for an antigen. In general, CDR contact regions include the residue positions in the CDRs and Vernier zones which are constrained in order to maintain proper loop structure for the antibody to bind a specific antigen. See, e.g., Makabe et al., 2007, "Thermodynamic Consequences of Mutations in Vernier Zone Residues of a Humanized Anti-human Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Murine Antibody," Journal of Biological Chemistry, 283: 1 156-1 166. Determination of CDR contact regions is well within the skill of the art. In some embodiments, an antagonist IL-7R antibody comprises one or more CDR contact regions comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of FTFDDSVM (SEQ ID NO: 56), GWDGFF (SEQ ID NO: 57), ARX1X2X3X4 wherein Xi, X2, X3, and X4 can be any amino acid, (SEQ ID NO: 58), SGSIDSSY (SEQ ID NO: 59), EDDQRPSGV (SEQ ID NO: 60), and FHHL (SEQ ID NO: 61 ).
The binding affinity (KD) of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to IL-7R can be about 0.002 to about 200 nM. In some embodiments, the binding affinity is any of about 200 nM, 100 nM, about 50 nM, about 10 nM, about 1 nM, about 500 pM, about 100 pM, about 60 pM, about 50 pM, about 20 pM, about 15 pM, about 10 pM, about 5 pM, or about 2 pM. In some embodiments, the binding affinity is less than any of about 250 nM, about 200 nM, about 100 nM, about 50 nM, about 10 nM, about 1 nM, about 500 pM, about 100 pM, or about 50 pM.
The invention also provides methods of making any of these antibodies. The antibodies of this invention can be made by procedures known in the art. The polypeptides can be produced by proteolytic or other degradation of the antibodies, by recombinant methods (i.e., single or fusion polypeptides) as described above or by chemical synthesis. Polypeptides of the antibodies, especially shorter polypeptides up to about 50 amino acids, are conveniently made by chemical synthesis. Methods of chemical synthesis are known in the art and are commercially available. For example, an antibody could be produced by an automated polypeptide synthesizer employing the solid phase method. See also, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,807,715; 4,816,567; and 6,331 ,415.
In another alternative, the antibodies can be made recombinantly using procedures that are well known in the art. In one embodiment, a polynucleotide comprises a sequence encoding the heavy chain and/or the light chain variable regions of antibody P3A9, P4B3, P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a, HAL403b, C1 GM, or C2M3. The sequence encoding the antibody of interest may be maintained in a vector in a host cell and the host cell can then be expanded and frozen for future use. Vectors (including expression vectors) and host cells are further described herein.
The invention also encompasses scFv of antibodies of this invention. Single chain variable region fragments are made by linking light and/or heavy chain variable regions by using a short linking peptide (Bird et al., 1988, Science 242:423-426). An example of a linking peptide is (GGGGS)3 (SEQ ID NO: 13), which bridges approximately 3.5 nm between the carboxy terminus of one variable region and the amino terminus of the other variable region. Linkers of other sequences have been designed and used (Bird et al., 1988, supra). Linkers should be short, flexible polypeptides and preferably comprised of less than about 20 amino acid residues. Linkers can in turn be modified for additional functions, such as attachment of drugs or attachment to solid supports. The single chain variants can be produced either recombinantly or synthetically. For synthetic production of scFv, an automated synthesizer can be used. For recombinant production of scFv, a suitable plasmid containing polynucleotide that encodes the scFv can be introduced into a suitable host cell, either eukaryotic, such as yeast, plant, insect or mammalian cells, or prokaryotic, such as E. coli. Polynucleotides encoding the scFv of interest can be made by routine manipulations such as ligation of polynucleotides. The resultant scFv can be isolated using standard protein purification techniques known in the art.
Other forms of single chain antibodies, such as diabodies are also encompassed.
Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which heavy chain variable (VH) and light chain variable (VL) domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker that is too short to allow for pairing between the two domains on the same chain, thereby forcing the domains to pair with complementary domains of another chain and creating two antigen binding sites (see e.g., Holliger, P., et al., 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al., 1994, Structure 2:1 121 -1 123).
For example, bispecific antibodies, monoclonal antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different antigens, can be prepared using the antibodies disclosed herein. Methods for making bispecific antibodies are known in the art (see, e.g., Suresh et al., 1986, Methods in Enzymology 121 :210). Traditionally, the recombinant production of bispecific antibodies was based on the coexpression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, with the two heavy chains having different specificities (Millstein and Cuello, 1983, Nature 305, 537-539).
According to one approach to making bispecific antibodies, antibody variable domains with the desired binding specificities (antibody-antigen combining sites) are fused to immunoglobulin constant region sequences. The fusion preferably is with an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2 and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy chain constant region (CH1 ), containing the site necessary for light chain binding, present in at least one of the fusions. DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy chain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain, are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are cotransfected into a suitable host organism. This provides for great flexibility in adjusting the mutual proportions of the three polypeptide fragments in embodiments when unequal ratios of the three polypeptide chains used in the construction provide the optimum yields. It is, however, possible to insert the coding sequences for two or all three polypeptide chains in one expression vector when the expression of at least two polypeptide chains in equal ratios results in high yields or when the ratios are of no particular significance. In one approach, the bispecific antibodies are composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm, and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) in the other arm. This asymmetric structure, with an immunoglobulin light chain in only one half of the bispecific molecule, facilitates the separation of the desired bispecific compound from unwanted immunoglobulin chain combinations. This approach is described in PCT Publication No. WO 94/04690.
Heteroconjugate antibodies, comprising two covalently joined antibodies, are also within the scope of the invention. Such antibodies have been used to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (PCT Publication Nos. WO 91/00360 and WO 92/200373; EP 03089). Heteroconjugate antibodies may be made using any convenient cross-linking methods. Suitable cross-linking agents and techniques are well known in the art, and are described in U.S. Patent No. 4,676,980.
Chimeric or hybrid antibodies also may be prepared in vitro using known methods of synthetic protein chemistry, including those involving cross-linking agents. For example, immunotoxins may be constructed using a disulfide exchange reaction or by forming a thioether bond. Examples of suitable reagents for this purpose include iminothiolate and methyl-4-mercaptobutyrimidate.
Humanized antibodies can be made using any methods know in the art. For example, four general steps may be used to humanize a monoclonal antibody. These are: (1 ) determining the nucleotide and predicted amino acid sequence of the starting antibody light and heavy variable domains (2) designing the humanized antibody, i.e., deciding which antibody framework region to use during the humanizing process (3) the actual humanizing methodologies/techniques and (4) the transfection and expression of the humanized antibody. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,816,567; 5,807,715; 5,866,692; 6,331 ,415; 5,530, 101 ; 5,693,761 ; 5,693,762; 5,585,089; and 6, 180,370.
In the recombinant humanized antibodies, the Fey portion can be modified to avoid interaction with Fey receptor and the complement and immune systems. The techniques for preparation of such antibodies are described in WO 99/58572. For example, the constant region may be engineered to more resemble human constant regions to avoid immune response if the antibody is used in clinical trials and treatments in humans. See, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,997,867 and 5,866,692. The invention encompasses modifications to the antibodies and polypeptides of the invention variants shown in Table 1 , including functionally equivalent antibodies which do not significantly affect their properties and variants which have enhanced or decreased activity and/or affinity. For example, the amino acid sequence may be mutated to obtain an antibody with the desired binding affinity to IL-7R. Modification of polypeptides is routine practice in the art and need not be described in detail herein. Examples of modified polypeptides include polypeptides with conservative substitutions of amino acid residues, one or more deletions or additions of amino acids which do not significantly deleteriously change the functional activity, or which mature (enhance) the affinity of the polypeptide for its ligand, or use of chemical analogs.
Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues. Examples of terminal insertions include an antibody with an N-terminal methionyl residue or the antibody fused to an epitope tag. Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody of an enzyme or a polypeptide which increases the half-life of the antibody in the blood circulation.
Substitution variants have at least one amino acid residue in the antibody molecule removed and a different residue inserted in its place. The sites of greatest interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the hypervariable regions, but FR alterations are also contemplated. Conservative substitutions are shown in Table 3 under the heading of "conservative substitutions." If such substitutions result in a change in biological activity, then more substantial changes, denominated "exemplary substitutions" in Table 3, or as further described below in reference to amino acid classes, may be introduced and the products screened.
Table 3: Amino Acid Substitutions
Conservative
Original Residue Substitutions Exemplary Substitutions
Ala (A) Val Val; Leu; lie
Arg (R) Lys Lys; Gin; Asn
Asn (N) Gin Gin; His; Asp, Lys; Arg
Asp (D) Glu Glu; Asn Conservative
Original Residue Substitutions Exemplary Substitutions
Cys (C) Ser Ser; Ala
Gin (Q) Asn Asn; Glu
Glu (E) Asp Asp; Gin
Gly (G) Ala Ala
His (H) Arg Asn; Gin; Lys; Arg
Leu; Val; Met; Ala; Phe;
lie (1) Leu
Norleucine
Norleucine; lie; Val; Met;
Leu (L) lie
Ala; Phe
Lys (K) Arg Arg; Gin; Asn
Met (M) Leu Leu; Phe; lie
Phe (F) Tyr Leu; Val; lie; Ala; Tyr
Pro (P) Ala Ala
Ser (S) Thr Thr
Thr (T) Ser Ser
Trp (W) Tyr Tyr; Phe
Tyr (Y) Phe Trp; Phe; Thr; Ser
lie; Leu; Met; Phe; Ala;
Val (V) Leu
Norleucine
Substantial modifications in the biological properties of the antibody are accomplished by selecting substitutions that differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or (c) the bulk of the side chain. Naturally occurring residues are divided into groups based on common side-chain properties:
(1 ) Non-polar: Norleucine, Met, Ala, Val, Leu, lie;
(2) Polar without charge: Cys, Ser, Thr, Asn, Gin;
(3) Acidic (negatively charged): Asp, Glu;
(4) Basic (positively charged): Lys, Arg;
(5) Residues that influence chain orientation: Gly, Pro; and
(6) Aromatic: Trp, Tyr, Phe, His.
Non-conservative substitutions are made by exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class. Any cysteine residue not involved in maintaining the proper conformation of the antibody also may be substituted, generally with serine, to improve the oxidative stability of the molecule and prevent aberrant cross-linking. Conversely, cysteine bond(s) may be added to the antibody to improve its stability, particularly where the antibody is an antibody fragment such as an Fv fragment.
Amino acid modifications can range from changing or modifying one or more amino acids to complete redesign of a region, such as the variable region. Changes in the variable region can alter binding affinity and/or specificity. In some embodiments, no more than one to five conservative amino acid substitutions are made within a CDR domain. In other embodiments, no more than one to three conservative amino acid substitutions are made within a CDR domain. In still other embodiments, the CDR domain is CDR H3 and/or CDR L3.
Modifications also include glycosylated and nonglycosylated polypeptides, as well as polypeptides with other post-translational modifications, such as, for example, glycosylation with different sugars, acetylation, and phosphorylation. Antibodies are glycosylated at conserved positions in their constant regions (Jefferis and Lund, 1997, Chem. Immunol. 65:1 1 1 -128; Wright and Morrison, 1997, TibTECH 15:26-32). The oligosaccharide side chains of the immunoglobulins affect the protein's function (Boyd et al., 1996, Mol. Immunol. 32:131 1 -1318; Wittwe and Howard, 1990, Biochem. 29:4175- 4180) and the intramolecular interaction between portions of the glycoprotein, which can affect the conformation and presented three-dimensional surface of the glycoprotein (Jefferis and Lund, supra; Wyss and Wagner, 1996, Current Opin. Biotech. 7:409-416). Oligosaccharides may also serve to target a given glycoprotein to certain molecules based upon specific recognition structures. Glycosylation of antibodies has also been reported to affect antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). In particular, CHO cells with tetracycline-regulated expression of 3(1 ,4)-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase III (GnTIII), a glycosyltransferase catalyzing formation of bisecting GlcNAc, was reported to have improved ADCC activity (Umana et al., 1999, Mature Biotech. 17: 176-180).
Glycosylation of antibodies is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. The tripeptide sequences asparagine-X-serine, asparagine-X-threonine, and asparagine-X-cysteine, where X is any amino acid except proline, are the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain. Thus, the presence of either of these tripeptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site. O-linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-acetylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5-hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
Addition of glycosylation sites to the antibody is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above- described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the sequence of the original antibody (for O-linked glycosylation sites).
The glycosylation pattern of antibodies may also be altered without altering the underlying nucleotide sequence. Glycosylation largely depends on the host cell used to express the antibody. Since the cell type used for expression of recombinant glycoproteins, e.g. antibodies, as potential therapeutics is rarely the native cell, variations in the glycosylation pattern of the antibodies can be expected (see, e.g. Hse et al., 1997, J. Biol. Chem. 272:9062-9070).
In addition to the choice of host cells, factors that affect glycosylation during recombinant production of antibodies include growth mode, media formulation, culture density, oxygenation, pH, purification schemes and the like. Various methods have been proposed to alter the glycosylation pattern achieved in a particular host organism including introducing or overexpressing certain enzymes involved in oligosaccharide production (U.S. Patent Nos. 5,047,335; 5,510,261 and 5,278,299). Glycosylation, or certain types of glycosylation, can be enzymatically removed from the glycoprotein, for example, using endoglycosidase H (Endo H), N-glycosidase F, endoglycosidase F1 , endoglycosidase F2, endoglycosidase F3. In addition, the recombinant host cell can be genetically engineered to be defective in processing certain types of polysaccharides. These and similar techniques are well known in the art.
Other methods of modification include using coupling techniques known in the art, including, but not limited to, enzymatic means, oxidative substitution and chelation. Modifications can be used, for example, for attachment of labels for immunoassay. Modified polypeptides are made using established procedures in the art and can be screened using standard assays known in the art, some of which are described below and in the Examples. In some embodiments of the invention, the antibody comprises a modified constant region, such as a constant region that has increased affinity to a human Fc gamma receptor, is immunologically inert or partially inert, e.g., does not trigger complement mediated lysis, does not stimulate antibody-dependent cell mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), or does not activate microglia; or has reduced activities (compared to the unmodified antibody) in any one or more of the following: triggering complement mediated lysis, stimulating antibody-dependent cell mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), or activating microglia. Different modifications of the constant region may be used to achieve optimal level and/or combination of effector functions. See, for example, Morgan et al., Immunology 86:319-324, 1995; Lund et al., J. Immunology 157:4963-9 157:4963-4969, 1996; Idusogie et al., J. Immunology 164:4178-4184, 2000; Tao et al., J. Immunology 143: 2595-2601 , 1989; and Jefferis et al., Immunological Reviews 163:59-76, 1998. In some embodiments, the constant region is modified as described in Eur. J. Immunol., 1999, 29:2613-2624; PCT Application No. PCT/GB99/01441 ; and/or UK Patent Application No. 9809951.8. In other embodiments, the antibody comprises a human heavy chain lgG2 constant region comprising the following mutations: A330P331 to S330S331 (amino acid numbering with reference to the wild type lgG2 sequence). Eur. J. Immunol., 1999, 29:2613-2624. In still other embodiments, the constant region is aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation. In some embodiments, the constant region is aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation by mutating the glycosylated amino acid residue or flanking residues that are part of the N-glycosylation recognition sequence in the constant region. For example, N-glycosylation site N297 may be mutated to A, Q, K, or H. See, Tao et al., J. Immunology 143: 2595-2601 , 1989; and Jefferis et al., Immunological Reviews 163:59-76, 1998. In some embodiments, the constant region is aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation. The constant region may be aglycosylated for N-linked glycosylation enzymatically (such as removing carbohydrate by enzyme PNGase), or by expression in a glycosylation deficient host cell.
Other antibody modifications include antibodies that have been modified as described in PCT Publication No. WO 99/58572. These antibodies comprise, in addition to a binding domain directed at the target molecule, an effector domain having an amino acid sequence substantially homologous to all or part of a constant region of a human immunoglobulin heavy chain. These antibodies are capable of binding the target molecule without triggering significant complement dependent lysis, or cell-mediated destruction of the target. In some embodiments, the effector domain is capable of specifically binding FcRn and/or FcYRIIb. These are typically based on chimeric domains derived from two or more human immunoglobulin heavy chain CH2 domains. Antibodies modified in this manner are particularly suitable for use in chronic antibody therapy, to avoid inflammatory and other adverse reactions to conventional antibody therapy.
The invention includes affinity matured embodiments. For example, affinity matured antibodies can be produced by procedures known in the art (Marks et al., 1992, Bio/Technology, 10:779-783; Barbas et al., 1994, Proc Nat. Acad. Sci, USA 91 :3809- 3813; Schier et al., 1995, Gene, 169: 147-155; Yelton et al., 1995, J. Immunol., 155:1994-2004; Jackson et al., 1995, J. Immunol., 154(7):3310-9; Hawkins et al., 1992, J. Mol. Biol., 226:889-896; and PCT Publication No. WO2004/058184).
The following methods may be used for adjusting the affinity of an antibody and for characterizing a CDR. One way of characterizing a CDR of an antibody and/or altering (such as improving) the binding affinity of a polypeptide, such as an antibody, termed "library scanning mutagenesis". Generally, library scanning mutagenesis works as follows. One or more amino acid positions in the CDR are replaced with two or more (such as 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) amino acids using art recognized methods. This generates small libraries of clones (in some embodiments, one for every amino acid position that is analyzed), each with a complexity of two or more members (if two or more amino acids are substituted at every position). Generally, the library also includes a clone comprising the native (unsubstituted) amino acid. A small number of clones, e.g., about 20-80 clones (depending on the complexity of the library), from each library are screened for binding affinity to the target polypeptide (or other binding target), and candidates with increased, the same, decreased, or no binding are identified. Methods for determining binding affinity are well-known in the art. Binding affinity may be determined using Biacore™ surface plasmon resonance analysis, which detects differences in binding affinity of about 2-fold or greater. Biacore™ is particularly useful when the starting antibody already binds with a relatively high affinity, for example a KD of about 10 nM or lower. Screening using Biacore™ surface plasmon resonance is described in the Examples, herein. Binding affinity may be determined using Kinexa Biocensor, scintillation proximity assays, ELISA, ORIGEN immunoassay (IGEN), fluorescence quenching, fluorescence transfer, and/or yeast display. Binding affinity may also be screened using a suitable bioassay.
In some embodiments, every amino acid position in a CDR is replaced (in some embodiments, one at a time) with all 20 natural amino acids using art recognized mutagenesis methods (some of which are described herein). This generates small libraries of clones (in some embodiments, one for every amino acid position that is analyzed), each with a complexity of 20 members (if all 20 amino acids are substituted at every position).
In some embodiments, the library to be screened comprises substitutions in two or more positions, which may be in the same CDR or in two or more CDRs. Thus, the library may comprise substitutions in two or more positions in one CDR. The library may comprise substitution in two or more positions in two or more CDRs. The library may comprise substitution in 3, 4, 5, or more positions, said positions found in two, three, four, five or six CDRs. The substitution may be prepared using low redundancy codons. See, e.g., Table 2 of Balint et al., 1993, Gene 137(1 ):109-18.
The CDR may be CDRH3 and/or CDRL3. The CDR may be one or more of CDRL1 , CDRL2, CDRL3, CDRH1 , CDRH2, and/or CDRH3. The CDR may be a Kabat CDR, a Chothia CDR, or an extended CDR.
Candidates with improved binding may be sequenced, thereby identifying a CDR substitution mutant which results in improved affinity (also termed an "improved" substitution). Candidates that bind may also be sequenced, thereby identifying a CDR substitution which retains binding.
Multiple rounds of screening may be conducted. For example, candidates (each comprising an amino acid substitution at one or more position of one or more CDR) with improved binding are also useful for the design of a second library containing at least the original and substituted amino acid at each improved CDR position (i.e., amino acid position in the CDR at which a substitution mutant showed improved binding). Preparation, and screening or selection of this library is discussed further below.
Library scanning mutagenesis also provides a means for characterizing a CDR, in so far as the frequency of clones with improved binding, the same binding, decreased binding or no binding also provide information relating to the importance of each amino acid position for the stability of the antibody-antigen complex. For example, if a position of the CDR retains binding when changed to all 20 amino acids, that position is identified as a position that is unlikely to be required for antigen binding. Conversely, if a position of CDR retains binding in only a small percentage of substitutions, that position is identified as a position that is important to CDR function. Thus, the library scanning mutagenesis methods generate information regarding positions in the CDRs that can be changed to many different amino acids (including all 20 amino acids), and positions in the CDRs which cannot be changed or which can only be changed to a few amino acids.
Candidates with improved affinity may be combined in a second library, which includes the improved amino acid, the original amino acid at that position, and may further include additional substitutions at that position, depending on the complexity of the library that is desired, or permitted using the desired screening or selection method. In addition, if desired, adjacent amino acid position can be randomized to at least two or more amino acids. Randomization of adjacent amino acids may permit additional conformational flexibility in the mutant CDR, which may in turn, permit or facilitate the introduction of a larger number of improving mutations. The library may also comprise substitution at positions that did not show improved affinity in the first round of screening.
The second library is screened or selected for library members with improved and/or altered binding affinity using any method known in the art, including screening using Biacore™ surface plasmon resonance analysis, and selection using any method known in the art for selection, including phage display, yeast display, and ribosome display.
The invention also encompasses fusion proteins comprising one or more fragments or regions from the antibodies of this invention. In one embodiment, a fusion polypeptide is provided that comprises at least 10 contiguous amino acids of the variable light chain region shown in SEQ ID NOs: 1 , 3, 5, 7, 9, 1 1 , 41 or 44 and/or at least 10 amino acids of the variable heavy chain region shown in SEQ I D NOs: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 or 40. In other embodiments, a fusion polypeptide is provided that comprises at least about 10, at least about 15, at least about 20, at least about 25, or at least about 30 contiguous amino acids of the variable light chain region and/or at least about 10, at least about 15, at least about 20, at least about 25, or at least about 30 contiguous amino acids of the variable heavy chain region. In another embodiment, the fusion polypeptide comprises a light chain variable region and/or a heavy chain variable region, as shown in any of the sequence pairs selected from among SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, 3 and 4, 5 and 6, 7 and 8, 9 and 10, 1 1 and 12, 41 and 40, and 44 and 40. In another embodiment, the fusion polypeptide comprises one or more CDR(s). In still other embodiments, the fusion polypeptide comprises CDR H3 (VH CDR3) and/or CDR L3 (VL CDR3). For purposes of this invention, a fusion protein contains one or more antibodies and another amino acid sequence to which it is not attached in the native molecule, for example, a heterologous sequence or a homologous sequence from another region. Exemplary heterologous sequences include, but are not limited to a "tag" such as a FLAG tag or a 6His tag. Tags are well known in the art.
A fusion polypeptide can be created by methods known in the art, for example, synthetically or recombinantly. Typically, the fusion proteins of this invention are made by preparing an expressing a polynucleotide encoding them using recombinant methods described herein, although they may also be prepared by other means known in the art, including, for example, chemical synthesis.
This invention also provides compositions comprising antibodies conjugated (for example, linked) to an agent that facilitate coupling to a solid support (such as biotin or avidin). For simplicity, reference will be made generally to antibodies with the understanding that these methods apply to any of the IL-7R binding and/or antagonist embodiments described herein. Conjugation generally refers to linking these components as described herein. The linking (which is generally fixing these components in proximate association at least for administration) can be achieved in any number of ways. For example, a direct reaction between an agent and an antibody is possible when each possesses a substituent capable of reacting with the other. For example, a nucleophilic group, such as an amino or sulfhydryl group, on one may be capable of reacting with a carbonyl-containing group, such as an anhydride or an acid halide, or with an alkyl group containing a good leaving group (e.g., a halide) on the other.
An antibody or polypeptide of this invention may be linked to a labeling agent such as a fluorescent molecule, a radioactive molecule or any others labels known in the art. Labels are known in the art which generally provide (either directly or indirectly) a signal. The invention also provides compositions (including pharmaceutical compositions) and kits comprising, as this disclosure makes clear, any or all of the antibodies and/or polypeptides described herein.
The invention also provides isolated polynucleotides encoding the antibodies of the invention, and vectors and host cells comprising the polynucleotide.
Accordingly, the invention provides polynucleotides (or compositions, including pharmaceutical compositions), comprising polynucleotides encoding any of the following: the antibodies C1 GM, C2M3, P3A9, P4B3, P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a and HAL403b, or any fragment or part thereof having the ability to antagonize IL-7R.
In another aspect, the invention provides polynucleotides encoding any of the antibodies (including antibody fragments) and polypeptides described herein, such as antibodies and polypeptides having impaired effector function. Polynucleotides can be made and expressed by procedures known in the art.
In another aspect, the invention provides compositions (such as a pharmaceutical compositions) comprising any of the polynucleotides of the invention. In some embodiments, the composition comprises an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide encoding the antibody as described herein. In other embodiment, the composition comprises an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide encoding any of the antibodies described herein. In still other embodiments, the composition comprises either or both of the polynucleotides shown in SEQ ID NO: 38 and SEQ ID NO: 39 below:
C1GM heavy chain variable region
GAGGTCCAGTTAGTGGAGTCTGGGGGAGGCCTGGTCAAGCCGGGGGGGTCCCTG AGACTCTCCTGTGCAGCCTCTGGATTCACCTTTGATGATTCTGTCATGCACTGGGT CCGTCAAGCTCCGGGGAAGGGTCTGGAGTGGGTTTCTCTTGTTGGTTGGGATGGT TTTTTTACATACTATGCAGACTCAGTGAAGGGCCGATTCACCATCTCCAGAGACAAC GCGAAGAACTCTCTGTATCTGCAAATGAACAGCCTGAGAGCCGAGGACACGGCTG TGTATTACTGTGCGAGACAAGGGGATTACATGGGGAACAACTGGGGCCAGGGAAC CCTGGTCACCGTCTCCTCA (SEQ I D NO: 38)
C2GM light chain variable region
AATTTTATGCTGACTCAGCCCCACTCTGTGTCGGAATCTCCGGGAAAGACGGTGAC
CATCTCCTGCACCCGCAGCAGTGGCAGCATTGACAGTTCCTATGTGCAGTGGTAC
CAGCAGCGCCCGGGCAGCTCCCCCACCACTGTGATCTATGAGGATGACCAAAGAC CCTCTGGGGTCCCTGATCGGTTCTCTGGCTCCATCGACAGCTCCTCCAACTCTGCC TCCCTCACCATCTCTGGACTGAAAACTGAGGACGAGGCTGACTACTACTGTCAGTC TTATGATTTTCATCATCTGGTGTTCGGCGGAGGGACCAAGCTGACCGTCCTA (SEQ ID NO: 39).
In still other embodiments, the composition comprises either or both of the polynucleotides shown in SEQ ID NO: 14 and SEQ ID NO: 15 below:
HAL403a heavy chain variable region
CAGGTCAACTTAAGGGAGTCTGGGGGAGGCCTGGTCAAGCCGGGGGGGTCCCTG AGACTCTCCTGTGCAGCCTCTGGATTCACCTTTGATGATTCTGTCATGCACTGGGT CCGTCAAGCTCCGGGGAAGGGTCTGGAGTGGCTCTCTCTTGTTGGTTGGGATGGT TTTTTTACATACTATGCAGACTCAGTGAAGGGCCGATTCACCATCTCCAGAGACAAC ACCAAGAACTTACTGTATCTGCAAATGAACAGCCTGAGAGCCGAGGACACGGCTGT GTATTACTGTG CG AG ACAAG GG GATTACATG G G GAACAACTG GG G CCAG G G AACC CTGGTCACCGTCTCCTCA (SEQ ID NO: 14)
HAL403a light chain variable region
AATTTTATGCTGACTCAGCCCCACTCTGTGTCGGGGTCTCCGGGAAAGACGGTGA CCATCTCCTGCACCCGCAGCAGTGGCAGCATTGACAGTTCCTATGTGCAGTGGTA CCAGCAGCGCCCGGGCAATTCCCCCACCACTGTGATCTATGAGGATGACCAAAGA CCCTCTGGGGTCCCTGATCGGTTCTCTGGCTCCATCGACAGCTCCTCCAACTCTGC CTCCCTCACCATCTCTGGACTGGTGACTGAGGACGAGGCTGACTACTACTGTCAGT CTTATGATTTTCATCATCTGGTGTTCGGCGGAGGGACCAAGCTGACCGTCCTATGT
(SEQ ID NO: 15).
Expression vectors, and administration of polynucleotide compositions are further described herein.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of making any of the polynucleotides described herein.
Polynucleotides complementary to any such sequences are also encompassed by the present invention. Polynucleotides may be single-stranded (coding or antisense) or double-stranded, and may be DNA (genomic, cDNA or synthetic) or RNA molecules. RNA molecules include HnRNA molecules, which contain introns and correspond to a DNA molecule in a one-to-one manner, and mRNA molecules, which do not contain introns. Additional coding or non-coding sequences may, but need not, be present within a polynucleotide of the present invention, and a polynucleotide may, but need not, be linked to other molecules and/or support materials.
Polynucleotides may comprise a native sequence (i.e., an endogenous sequence that encodes an antibody or a portion thereof) or may comprise a variant of such a sequence. Polynucleotide variants contain one or more substitutions, additions, deletions and/or insertions such that the immunoreactivity of the encoded polypeptide is not diminished, relative to a native immunoreactive molecule. The effect on the immunoreactivity of the encoded polypeptide may generally be assessed as described herein. Variants preferably exhibit at least about 70% identity, more preferably, at least about 80% identity, yet more preferably, at least about 90% identity, and most preferably, at least about 95% identity to a polynucleotide sequence that encodes a native antibody or a portion thereof.
Two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are said to be "identical" if the sequence of nucleotides or amino acids in the two sequences is the same when aligned for maximum correspondence as described below. Comparisons between two sequences are typically performed by comparing the sequences over a comparison window to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity. A "comparison window" as used herein, refers to a segment of at least about 20 contiguous positions, usually 30 to about 75, or 40 to about 50, in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted using the Megalign program in the Lasergene suite of bioinformatics software (DNASTAR, Inc., Madison, Wl), using default parameters. This program embodies several alignment schemes described in the following references: Dayhoff, M.O., 1978, A model of evolutionary change in proteins - Matrices for detecting distant relationships. In Dayhoff, M.O. (ed.) Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure, National Biomedical Research Foundation, Washington DC Vol. 5, Suppl. 3, pp. 345-358; Hein J., 1990, Unified Approach to Alignment and Phylogenes pp. 626-645 Methods in Enzymology vol. 183, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, CA; Higgins, D.G. and Sharp, P.M., 1989, CABIOS 5:151-153; Myers, E.W. and Muller W., 1988, CABIOS 4:1 1-17; Robinson, E.D., 1971 , Comb. Theor. 1 1 :105; Santou, N., Nes, M., 1987, Mol. Biol. Evol. 4:406-425; Sneath, P.H.A. and Sokal, R.R., 1973, Numerical Taxonomy the Principles and Practice of Numerical Taxonomy, Freeman Press, San Francisco, CA; Wilbur, W.J. and Lipman, D.J., 1983, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:726-730.
Preferably, the "percentage of sequence identity" is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a window of comparison of at least 20 positions, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of 20 percent or less, usually 5 to 15 percent, or 10 to 12 percent, as compared to the reference sequences (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid bases or amino acid residue occurs in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the reference sequence (i.e. the window size) and multiplying the results by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
Variants may also, or alternatively, be substantially homologous to a native gene, or a portion or complement thereof. Such polynucleotide variants are capable of hybridizing under moderately stringent conditions to a naturally occurring DNA sequence encoding a native antibody (or a complementary sequence).
Suitable "moderately stringent conditions" include prewashing in a solution of 5 X SSC, 0.5% SDS, 1.0 mM EDTA (pH 8.0); hybridizing at 50°C-65°C, 5 X SSC, overnight; followed by washing twice at 65°C for 20 minutes with each of 2X, 0.5X and 0.2X SSC containing 0.1 % SDS.
As used herein, "highly stringent conditions" or "high stringency conditions" are those that: (1 ) employ low ionic strength and high temperature for washing, for example 0.015 M sodium chloride/0.0015 M sodium citrate/0.1 % sodium dodecyl sulfate at 50°C; (2) employ during hybridization a denaturing agent, such as formamide, for example, 50% (v/v) formamide with 0.1 % bovine serum albumin/0.1 % Ficoll/0.1 % polyvinylpyrrolidone/50 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH 6.5 with 750 mM sodium chloride, 75 mM sodium citrate at 42°C; or (3) employ 50% formamide, 5 x SSC (0.75 M NaCI, 0.075 M sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 6.8), 0.1 % sodium pyrophosphate, 5 x Denhardt's solution, sonicated salmon sperm DNA (50 g/ml), 0.1 % SDS, and 10% dextran sulfate at 42°C, with washes at 42°C in 0.2 x SSC (sodium chloride/sodium citrate) and 50% formamide at 55°C, followed by a high-stringency wash consisting of 0.1 x SSC containing EDTA at 55°C. The skilled artisan will recognize how to adjust the temperature, ionic strength, etc. as necessary to accommodate factors such as probe length and the like.
It will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art that, as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, there are many nucleotide sequences that encode a polypeptide as described herein. Some of these polynucleotides bear minimal homology to the nucleotide sequence of any native gene. Nonetheless, polynucleotides that vary due to differences in codon usage are specifically contemplated by the present invention. Further, alleles of the genes comprising the polynucleotide sequences provided herein are within the scope of the present invention. Alleles are endogenous genes that are altered as a result of one or more mutations, such as deletions, additions and/or substitutions of nucleotides. The resulting mRNA and protein may, but need not, have an altered structure or function. Alleles may be identified using standard techniques (such as hybridization, amplification and/or database sequence comparison).
The polynucleotides of this invention can be obtained using chemical synthesis, recombinant methods, or PCR. Methods of chemical polynucleotide synthesis are well known in the art and need not be described in detail herein. One of skill in the art can use the sequences provided herein and a commercial DNA synthesizer to produce a desired DNA sequence.
For preparing polynucleotides using recombinant methods, a polynucleotide comprising a desired sequence can be inserted into a suitable vector, and the vector in turn can be introduced into a suitable host cell for replication and amplification, as further discussed herein. Polynucleotides may be inserted into host cells by any means known in the art. Cells are transformed by introducing an exogenous polynucleotide by direct uptake, endocytosis, transfection, F-mating or electroporation. Once introduced, the exogenous polynucleotide can be maintained within the cell as a non-integrated vector (such as a plasmid) or integrated into the host cell genome. The polynucleotide so amplified can be isolated from the host cell by methods well known within the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al., 1989.
Alternatively, PCR allows reproduction of DNA sequences. PCR technology is well known in the art and is described in U.S. Patent Nos. 4,683,195, 4,800,159, 4,754,065 and 4,683,202, as well as PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction, Mullis et al. eds., Birkauswer Press, Boston, 1994. RNA can be obtained by using the isolated DNA in an appropriate vector and inserting it into a suitable host cell. When the cell replicates and the DNA is transcribed into RNA, the RNA can then be isolated using methods well known to those of skill in the art, as set forth in Sambrook et al., 1989, supra, for example.
Suitable cloning vectors may be constructed according to standard techniques, or may be selected from a large number of cloning vectors available in the art. While the cloning vector selected may vary according to the host cell intended to be used, useful cloning vectors will generally have the ability to self-replicate, may possess a single target for a particular restriction endonuclease, and/or may carry genes for a marker that can be used in selecting clones containing the vector. Suitable examples include plasmids and bacterial viruses, e.g., pUC18, pUC19, Bluescript (e.g., pBS SK+) and its derivatives, mp18, mp19, pBR322, pMB9, ColE1 , pCR1 , RP4, phage DNAs, and shuttle vectors such as pSA3 and pAT28. These and many other cloning vectors are available from commercial vendors such as BioRad, Strategene, and Invitrogen.
Expression vectors generally are replicable polynucleotide constructs that contain a polynucleotide according to the invention. It is implied that an expression vector must be replicable in the host cells either as episomes or as an integral part of the chromosomal DNA. Suitable expression vectors include but are not limited to plasmids, viral vectors, including adenoviruses, adeno-associated viruses, retroviruses, cosmids, and expression vector(s) disclosed in PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462. Vector components may generally include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence; an origin of replication; one or more marker genes; suitable transcriptional controlling elements (such as promoters, enhancers and terminator). For expression (i.e., translation), one or more translational controlling elements are also usually required, such as ribosome binding sites, translation initiation sites, and stop codons.
The vectors containing the polynucleotides of interest can be introduced into the host cell by any of a number of appropriate means, including electroporation, transfection employing calcium chloride, rubidium chloride, calcium phosphate, DEAE- dextran, or other substances; microprojectile bombardment; lipofection; and infection (e.g., where the vector is an infectious agent such as vaccinia virus). The choice of introducing vectors or polynucleotides will often depend on features of the host cell.
The invention also provides host cells comprising any of the polynucleotides described herein. Any host cells capable of over-expressing heterologous DNAs can be used for the purpose of isolating the genes encoding the antibody, polypeptide or protein of interest. Non-limiting examples of mammalian host cells include but not limited to COS, HeLa, and CHO cells. See also PCT Publication No. WO 87/04462. Suitable non-mammalian host cells include prokaryotes (such as E. coli or B. subtillis) and yeast (such as S. cerevisae, S. pombe; or K. lactis). Preferably, the host cells express the cDNAs at a level of about 5 fold higher, more preferably, 10 fold higher, even more preferably, 20 fold higher than that of the corresponding endogenous antibody or protein of interest, if present, in the host cells. Screening the host cells for a specific binding to IL-7R or an IL-7R domain is effected by an immunoassay or FACS. A cell overexpressing the antibody or protein of interest can be identified.
Compositions
The compositions used in the methods of the invention comprise an effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody, an antagonist IL-7R antibody derived polypeptide, or other IL-7R antagonists described herein. Examples of such compositions, as well as how to formulate, are also described in an earlier section and below. In some embodiments, the composition comprises one or more IL-7R antagonist antibodies. In other embodiments, the antagonist IL-7R antibody recognizes human IL-7Ra. In other embodiments, the antagonist IL-7R antibody is a human antibody. In other embodiments, the antagonist IL-7R antibody is a humanized antibody. In some embodiments, the antagonist IL-7R antibody comprises a constant region that is capable of triggering a desired immune response, such as antibody-mediated lysis or ADCC. In other embodiments, the antagonist IL-7R antibody comprises a constant region that does not trigger an unwanted or undesirable immune response, such as antibody-mediated lysis or ADCC. In other embodiments, the antagonist IL-7R antibody comprises one or more CDR(s) of the antibody (such as one, two, three, four, five, or, in some embodiments, all six CDRs).
It is understood that the compositions can comprise more than one antagonist IL- 7R antibody (e.g., a mixture of antagonist IL-7R antibodies that recognize different epitopes of IL-7R). Other exemplary compositions comprise more than one antagonist IL-7R antibody that recognize the same epitope(s), or different species of antagonist IL- 7R antibodies that bind to different epitopes of IL-7R. The composition used in the present invention can further comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers (Remington: The Science and practice of Pharmacy 20th Ed., 2000, Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Ed. K. E. Hoover), in the form of lyophilized formulations or aqueous solutions. Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations, and may comprise buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrans; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g. Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, PLURONICS™ or polyethylene glycol (PEG). Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are further described herein.
The antagonist IL-7R antibody and compositions thereof can also be used in conjunction with other agents that serve to enhance and/or complement the effectiveness of the agents.
D. Kits
The invention also provides kits for use in the instant methods. Kits of the invention include one or more containers comprising an IL-7R antagonist (such as, for example, a human antibody) described herein and instructions for use in accordance with any of the methods of the invention described herein. Generally, these instructions comprise a description of administration of the IL-7R antagonist for the above described therapeutic treatments.
In some embodiments, the IL-7R antagonist is an antagonist IL-7R antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is a human antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is a humanized antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. The instructions relating to the use of an antagonist IL-7R antibody generally include information as to dosage, dosing schedule, and route of administration for the intended treatment. The containers may be unit doses, bulk packages (e.g., multi-dose packages) or sub-unit doses. Instructions supplied in the kits of the invention are typically written instructions on a label or package insert (e.g., a paper sheet included in the kit), but machine-readable instructions (e.g., instructions carried on a magnetic or optical storage disk) are also acceptable.
The kits of this invention are in suitable packaging. Suitable packaging includes, but is not limited to, vials, bottles, jars, flexible packaging (e.g., sealed Mylar or plastic bags), and the like. Also contemplated are packages for use in combination with a specific device, such as an inhaler, nasal administration device (e.g., an atomizer) or an infusion device such as a minipump. A kit may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). The container may also have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). At least one active agent in the composition is an antagonist IL-7R antibody. The container may further comprise a second pharmaceutically active agent.
Kits may optionally provide additional components such as buffers and interpretive information. Normally, the kit comprises a container and a label or package insert(s) on or associated with the container.
Mutations and Modifications
To express the IL-7R antibodies of the present invention, DNA fragments encoding VH and VL regions can first be obtained using any of the methods described above. Various modifications, e.g. mutations, deletions, and/or additions can also be introduced into the DNA sequences using standard methods known to those of skill in the art. For example, mutagenesis can be carried out using standard methods, such as PCR-mediated mutagenesis, in which the mutated nucleotides are incorporated into the PCR primers such that the PCR product contains the desired mutations or site-directed mutagenesis.
One type of substitution, for example, that may be made is to change one or more cysteines in the antibody, which may be chemically reactive, to another residue, such as, without limitation, alanine or serine. For example, there can be a substitution of a non-canonical cysteine. The substitution can be made in a CDR or framework region of a variable domain or in the constant region of an antibody. In some embodiments, the cysteine is canonical.
The antibodies may also be modified, e.g. in the variable domains of the heavy and/or light chains, e.g., to alter a binding property of the antibody. For example, a mutation may be made in one or more of the CDR regions to increase or decrease the KD of the antibody for IL-7R, to increase or decrease k0ff, or to alter the binding specificity of the antibody. Techniques in site-directed mutagenesis are well-known in the art. See, e.g., Sambrook et al. and Ausubel et al., supra.
A modification or mutation may also be made in a framework region or constant region to increase the half-life of an I L-7R antibody. See, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 00/09560. A mutation in a framework region or constant region can also be made to alter the immunogenicity of the antibody, to provide a site for covalent or non-covalent binding to another molecule, or to alter such properties as complement fixation, FcR binding and antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity. According to the invention, a single antibody may have mutations in any one or more of the CDRs or framework regions of the variable domain or in the constant region.
In a process known as "germlining", certain amino acids in the VH and VL sequences can be mutated to match those found naturally in germline VH and VL sequences. In particular, the amino acid sequences of the framework regions in the VH and VL sequences can be mutated to match the germline sequences to reduce the risk of immunogenicity when the antibody is administered. Germline DNA sequences for human VH and VL genes are known in the art (see e.g., the "Vbase" human germline sequence database; see also Kabat, E. A., et al., 1991 , Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91 -3242; Tomlinson et al., 1992, J. Mol. Biol. 227:776-798; and Cox et al., 1994, Eur. J. Immunol. 24:827-836.
Another type of amino acid substitution that may be made is to remove potential proteolytic sites in the antibody. Such sites may occur in a CDR or framework region of a variable domain or in the constant region of an antibody. Substitution of cysteine residues and removal of proteolytic sites may decrease the risk of heterogeneity in the antibody product and thus increase its homogeneity. Another type of amino acid substitution is to eliminate asparagine-glycine pairs, which form potential deamidation sites, by altering one or both of the residues. In another example, the C-terminal lysine of the heavy chain of an IL-7R antibody of the invention can be cleaved. In various embodiments of the invention, the heavy and light chains of the IL-7R antibodies may optionally include a signal sequence.
Once DNA fragments encoding the VH and VL segments of the present invention are obtained, these DNA fragments can be further manipulated by standard recombinant DNA techniques, for example to convert the variable region genes to full- length antibody chain genes, to Fab fragment genes, or to a scFv gene. In these manipulations, a VL- or VH-encoding DNA fragment is operatively linked to another DNA fragment encoding another protein, such as an antibody constant region or a flexible linker. The term "operatively linked", as used in this context, is intended to mean that the two DNA fragments are joined such that the amino acid sequences encoded by the two DNA fragments remain in-frame.
The isolated DNA encoding the VH region can be converted to a full-length heavy chain gene by operatively linking the VH-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions (CH1 , CH2 and CH3). The sequences of human heavy chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat, E. A., et al., 1991 , Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification. The heavy chain constant region can be an lgG1 , lgG2, lgG3, lgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD constant region, but most preferably is an lgG1 or lgG2 constant region. The IgG constant region sequence can be any of the various alleles or allotypes known to occur among different individuals, such as Gm(1 ), Gm(2), Gm(3), and Gm(17). These allotypes represent naturally occurring amino acid substitution in the lgG1 constant regions. For a Fab fragment heavy chain gene, the VH-encoding DNA can be operatively linked to another DNA molecule encoding only the heavy chain CH 1 constant region. The CH1 heavy chain constant region may be derived from any of the heavy chain genes.
The isolated DNA encoding the VL region can be converted to a full-length light chain gene (as well as a Fab light chain gene) by operatively linking the VL-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding the light chain constant region, CL. The sequences of human light chain constant region genes are known in the art (see e.g., Kabat, E. A., et al., 1991 , Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242) and DNA fragments encompassing these regions can be obtained by standard PCR amplification. The light chain constant region can be a kappa or lambda constant region. The kappa constant region may be any of the various alleles known to occur among different individuals, such as lnv(1 ), lnv(2), and lnv(3). The lambda constant region may be derived from any of the three lambda genes.
To create a scFv gene, the VH- and VL-encoding DNA fragments are operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, e.g., encoding the amino acid sequence (Gly4 -Ser)3, (SEQ ID NO: 16) such that the VH and VL sequences can be expressed as a contiguous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions joined by the flexible linker (See e.g., Bird et al., 1988, Science 242:423-426; Huston et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; McCafferty et al., 1990, Nature 348:552-554. The single chain antibody may be monovalent, if only a single VH and VL are used, bivalent, if two VH and VL are used, or polyvalent, if more than two VH and VL are used. Bispecific or polyvalent antibodies may be generated that bind specifically to IL- 7R and to another molecule.
In another embodiment, a fusion antibody or immunoadhesin may be made that comprises all or a portion of an IL-7R antibody of the invention linked to another polypeptide. In another embodiment, only the variable domains of the IL-7R antibody are linked to the polypeptide. In another embodiment, the VH domain of an IL-7R antibody is linked to a first polypeptide, while the VL domain of an IL-7R antibody is linked to a second polypeptide that associates with the first polypeptide in a manner such that the VH and VL domains can interact with one another to form an antigen binding site. In another preferred embodiment, the VH domain is separated from the VL domain by a linker such that the VH and VL domains can interact with one another. The VH-linker- VL antibody is then linked to the polypeptide of interest. In addition, fusion antibodies can be created in which two (or more) single-chain antibodies are linked to one another. This is useful if one wants to create a divalent or polyvalent antibody on a single polypeptide chain, or if one wants to create a bispecific antibody.
In other embodiments, other modified antibodies may be prepared using IL-7R antibody encoding nucleic acid molecules. For instance, "Kappa bodies" (III et al., 1997, Protein Eng. 10:949-57), "Minibodies" (Martin et al., 1994, EMBO J. 13:5303-9), "Diabodies" (Holliger et al., 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448), or "Janusins" (Traunecker et al., 1991 , EMBO J. 10:3655-3659 and Traunecker et al., 1992, Int. J. Cancer (Suppl.) 7:51-52) may be prepared using standard molecular biological techniques following the teachings of the specification.
Bispecific antibodies or antigen-binding fragments can be produced by a variety of methods including fusion of hybridomas or linking of Fab' fragments. See, e.g., Songsivilai & Lachmann, 1990, Clin. Exp. Immunol. 79:315-321 , Kostelny et al., 1992, J. Immunol. 148:1547-1553. In addition, bispecific antibodies may be formed as "diabodies" or "Janusins." In some embodiments, the bispecific antibody binds to two different epitopes of IL-7R. In some embodiments, the modified antibodies described above are prepared using one or more of the variable domains or CDR regions from a human IL-7R antibody provided herein. Generation of antigen-specific antibodies
Monoclonal antibodies raised against recombinant mouse IL-7Ra/CD127/Fc chimera (R&D Systems Cat. No. 747-MR), and human antibodies obtained by biopanning a human naive antibody library with recombinant IL-7Ra were evaluated for their ability to bind mouse and human IL-7R. Antibodies were further screened for their ability to block IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation in human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) and/or monkey PBMCs. This manner of antibody preparation yielded antagonist antibodies that show blocking of IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation, as shown in Example 1.
Representative materials of the present invention were deposited in the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) on February 9, 201 1. Vector C1 GM-VH having ATCC Accession No. PTA- is a polynucleotide encoding the C1 GM heavy chain variable region, and vector C1 GM-VL having ATCC Accession No. PTA- is a polynucleotide encoding the C1 GM light chain variable region. The deposits were made under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purpose of Patent Procedure and Regulations thereunder (Budapest Treaty). This assures maintenance of a viable curlture of the deposit for 30 years from the date of deposit. The deposit will be made available by ATCC under the terms of the Budapest Treaty, and subject to an agreement between Pfizer, Inc. and ATCC, which assures permanent and unrestricted availability of the progeny of the culture of the deposit to the public upon issuance of the pertinent U.S. patent or upon laying open to the public of any U.S. or foreign patent application, whichever comes first, and assures availability of the progeny to one determined by the U.S. Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks to be entitled thereto according to 35 U.S.C. Section 122 and the Commissioner's rules pursuant thereto (including 37 C.F.R. Section 1.14 with particular reference to 886 OG 638).
The assignee of the present application has agreed that if a culture of the materials on deposit should die or be lost or destroyed when cultivated under suitable conditions, the materials will be promptly replaced on notification with another of the same. Availability of the deposited material is not to be construed as a license to practice the invention in contravention of the rights granted under the authority of any government in accordance with its patent laws.
The following examples are offered for illustrative purposes only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention in any way. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and fall within the scope of the appended claims. Examples
Example 1 : Generating and Screening Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies
This example illustrates the generation and screening of antagonist IL-7R antibodies.
General procedures for immunization of animals for generating monoclonal antibodies:
A 2-month old female Sprague Dawley rat was immunized with 50 ug recombinant mouse IL-7Ra/CD127/Fc chimera, which includes mouse IL-7Ra (Glu21- Asp239), hCD33 signal peptide (Met 1 -Ala 16), and human IgG (Pro100-Lys330) (R&D Systems Cat. No. 747-MR). The antigen was prepared for immunization by mixing 50 ug antigen in 100 ul PBS with 100 ul Sigma Adjuvant System (Cat. No. S6322). The antigen mixture was vortexed and injected into the hind footpads and peritoneum on days 0, 2, 5 and 7. On day 9, 50 ug of antigen without adjuvant was injected intravenously in a total volume of 150 ul in physiological saline. On day 13, the spleen cells were prepared as a single cell suspension and fused with P3x63Ag8.653 mouse myeloma cells following a standard fusion protocol using 40% PEG 1500 (Boeringer Mannheim Biochemicals #783641 ). The fused cells were resuspended in medium containing 18% FBS, 2 mM L-glutamine, pen/strep, hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine (HAT) (Sigma H0262) and 10% hybridoma fusion and cloning supplement (HFCS) (Cat. No. 1 1 363 735 001 , Sigma), then plated out in 54 96-well plates at 200 ul/well. At day 7 after fusion, 150 ul of the medium was aspirated from each well, and the wells were re-fed with 200 ul of fresh medium. At day 1 1-13, supernatant from each well was tested for antibody to IL-7R and human Fc using ELISA (described below). ELISA screening of antibodies:
Supernatant media from growing hybridoma clones were screened separately for their ability to bind the recombinant mouse (rm) IL-7R. The assays were performed with 96-well plates coated overnight with 50 μΙ of a 1 μg/ml solution of the antigen. Fifty-five coated plates were washed 4 times with PBS with 0.05% Tween and then 50 ul PBS with 0.5% BSA was added to each well. 5 ul from each well of the hybridoma plates were added to the assay plates, and the plates were incubated at room temperature for 2 hrs to allow binding. Excess reagents were washed from the wells between each step with PBS containing 0.05% Tween-20. 50 ul horseradish peroxidase (HRP) conjugated goat-anti mouse, F(ab')2, Fc specific (Jackson #1 15-036-008) was added to bind to the mouse antibodies bound to the antigen. For detection, 50 ul ABTS, 2,2'-Azino-bis(3- ethyl benzothiazoline-6-sulfonic acid) diammonium salt was added as substrate. The plates were read after 30 mins at 405 nm using a Molecular Devices THERMOmax™ instrument. Hybridoma clones that secreted antibodies that were capable of binding to mouse I L-7R were selected for further analysis. These positive hybridoma supernatants were then collected from the hybridoma plates and tested in ELISA assays against human Fc, goat anti rat IgM, and recombinant human (rh) IL-7R. Purified antibodies were then prepared for the antibodies that bound to rm IL-7R and antibodies that bound to both rm IL-7R and rh IL-7R.
General procedures for generating fully human monoclonal antibodies using phage display:
Anti-human IL-7Ra human antibodies were isolated from a phage display human naive scFv antibody library (Glanville G. et al., 2009, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 106(48):20216-20221 ) by a series of four rounds of bio-panning against human IL-7Ra (R&D Systems®). For each round of panning, 1 ml IL-7Ra (10 ug/ml in PBS) was coated on an immunotube at 4°C overnight. The IL-7Ra coated immunotube was washed three times with PBST. 1013 phage (1 ml) were added to the immunotube and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour to allow binding. After binding, the immunotube was washed eight times with PBST. Bound phage were eluted and used to infect freshly grown TG1 cells. After the fourth round of panning, the positive binders were screened against both human IL-7Ra and mouse IL-7R by ELISA. The antibodies binding to both human and mouse IL-7R were further studied for their affinities and blocking function, and antibodies were selected for affinity maturation.
In vitro functional assay:
Hybridoma clones secreting human or mouse IL-7R binding antibodies were expanded and supernatants were harvested. Total IgGs were purified from approximately 10 ml of the supernatant using protein A beads, dialyzed into PBS buffer, and the final volume reduced to yield solutions with 0.7-1 mg/ml of antibodies. Purified antibodies were then used to test their ability to block IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation in human PBMCs. For PBMC preparation, whole blood cells were collected through Ficoll gradient. Cells were maintained at 37°C in 5% CO2 in conical tubes (to prevent monocyte/macrophage adherence) for 1-2 h before stimulation with IL-2.
For the functional screening, human PBMCs were preincubated for 5 minutes with test antibodies (10 Mg/ml) prior to addition of IL-7. A non-reactive isotype-matched antibody was used as a negative control (isotype control). Cells were stimulated with human IL-7 (0.1 ng/ml, R&D Systems®) for 15 minutes. To stop the IL-7 stimulation, formaldehyde was added directly to the culture medium to a final concentration of 1.6%. Cells were fixed for 15 min at room temperature. Methanol was then added directly to a final concentration of 80%, and samples were stored at 4°C for 30 minutes to 1 hour before being immunostained. Cells were stained with anti-phospho-STAT5 (p-STAT) antibodies (BD Pharmingen, Y694 clone 47) and anti-CD4 antibodies (BD Pharmingen, RPA-T4). Using flow cytometry (LSRII, BD™ Biosciences), CD4+ gated cells were analyzed for p-STAT5 staining. Isotype control was set as 100% of p-STAT.
Figure 1 illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R fully human monoclonal antibodies P2D2 and P2E1 1 , and HAL403a on IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation in human PBMCs. A mouse anti-human IL-7R monoclonal antibody, 13A2F4, was used as a positive control, and a nonreactive isotype-matched antibody was used as a negative control (isotype control). Human PBMCs were preincubated for 5 minutes with each of the test antibodies or 13A2F4 at the following concentrations: 0.001 , 0.01 , 0.1 , 1 , and 10 μg/ml. The isotype control antibody was used at the highest concentration, 10 μg/ml. Cells were stimulated with human IL-7 (0.1 ng/ml) for 15 minutes, then fixed and immunostained as described above.
As measured by p-STAT5 staining, human antibodies P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a C1 GM, C1 GM-2 and C2M3 block human IL-7 mediated signaling in a dose-dependent manner (Figure 1 and data not shown). The isotype control was set as 100% p-STAT5 staining. At 10 μg/ml antibody HAL403a blocked STAT5 phosophorylation very effectively (Figure 1 ). C1 GM, C1 GM-2 and C2M3 blocked STAT5 phosophorylation comparable to HAL403a (data not shown).
The amino acid sequence of antagonist IL-7R antibody C1 GM heavy chain (SEQ ID NO: 42) is shown below.
EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEW
VSLVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYC
ARQGDYMGNNWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGGTAALG
CLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSS
LGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTP
EVTCWVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSV
LTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR
EEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF
FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK (SEQ
ID NO: 42)
The amino acid sequence of antagonist IL-7R antibody C1 GM light chain (SEQ ID NO: 43) is shown below.
NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGSSPTTVI YEDDQRPSGVPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTEDEADYYCQSYDFHH LVFGGGTKLTVLQPKAAPSVTLFPPSSEELQANKATLVCLISDFYPGAVT VAW KADSS P VKAG VETTTPS KQS N N KYAASS YLS LTPEQWKSH RSYS C QVTHEGSTVEKTVAPTECS (SEQ ID NO: 43) The amino acid sequence of antagonist IL-7R antibody C1 GM-2 heavy chain (SEQ ID NO: 45) is shown below.
EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEW VSLVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNAKNSLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYC ARQGDYMGNNWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGC LVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSNF GTQTYTCNVDHKPSNTKVDKTVAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPE VTCVWDVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTFRWSVL TVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPSSIEKTISKTKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR EEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK (SEQ ID NO: 45)
The amino acid sequence of antagonist IL-7R antibody C1 GM-2 light chain (SEQ ID NO: 43) is shown below.
NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGSSPTTVI YEDDQRPSGVPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLKTEDEADYYCQSYDFHH LVFGGGTKLTVLQPKAAPSVTLFPPSSEELQANKATLVCLISDFYPGAVT VAW KADSS P VKAG VETTTPS KQS N N KYAASS YLS LTPEQWKSH RSYS C QVTHEGSTVEKTVAPTECS (SEQ ID NO: 43)
The amino acid sequence of antagonist IL-7R antibody HAL403a heavy chain (SEQ ID NO: 17) is shown below.
QVNLRESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFDDSVMHWVRQAPGKGLEW LSLVGWDGFFTYYADSVKGRFTISRDNTKNLLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYC ARQGDYMGNNWGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPCSRSTSESTAALGC LVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVVTVPSSNF GTQTYTCNVDHKPSNTKVDKTVAPPVAGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPE VTCVWDVSHEDPEVQFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQFNSTFRWSVL TVVHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKGLPSSIEKTISKTKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR EEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPMLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK (SEQ ID NO: 17) The amino acid sequence of antagonist IL-7R antibody HAL403a light chain (SEQ ID NO: 18) is shown below.
NFMLTQPHSVSGSPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIDSSYVQWYQQRPGNSPTTVI YEDDQRPSGVPDRFSGSIDSSSNSASLTISGLVTEDEADYYCQSYDFHH LVFGGGTKLTVLTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVCLLNNFYPREAKV QWKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLSKADYEKHKVYAC EVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC (SEQ ID NO: 18) Example 2: Determining Antibody Binding Affinity
This example illustrates the determination of antibody binding affinity for antagonist IL-7R antibodies.
The affinities of antagonist I L-7R antibodies to human I L-7R were measured on a surface plasmon resonance Biacore™ 2000 or 3000 biosensor equipped with a research-grade CM5 sensor chip (Biacore™ AB, Uppsala, Sweden - now GE Healthcare). Goat polyclonal anti-human F(ab')2 fragments (Fc specific) were amine- coupled at saturating levels onto all four flow cells using a standard N- hydroxysuccinimide/ ethyldimethylaminopropyl carbodiimide (NHS/EDC) chemistry in HBS-P running buffer (from Biacore™). The buffer was switched to HBS-P containing 1 mg/mL BSA. Human IL-7R-hFc antigen (R&D systems, Minneapolis, USA) was diluted to about 30 μg/mL and captured for 3 min at 5 μΙ_/Γηίη to give levels of about 500-1000 RU per flow cell, leaving one blank to serve as a reference channel. Fab, hlgG1 , or hlgG2AA formats of the antibodies were injected in duplicates as a 5-membered 3-fold series starting at 2 μΜ and a 5-membered 4-fold series starting at 0.4 μΜ for 3 min at 20-50 μΙ_/Γηίη. Dissociation was monitored for 5 min. The capture chip was regenerated after the last injection of each titration with two 30 sec pulses of 75 mM phosphoric acid or 10 mM Glycine-HCI pH 1.7. Buffer cycles provided blanks for double-referencing the binding response data, which were then fit globally to a simple reversible binding model using Biaevaluation software v.4.1 to deduce the kinetic association and dissociation rate constants, respectively ka and kd. Affinities were deduced from their ratio (KD = k ka). The results in Table 4 show that these antibodies have picomolar or nanomolar affinities for human IL-7R. Table 4
Figure imgf000080_0001
* Fab; ** hlgG1 ; ** hlgG2AA Example 4: Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Reduce Disease Incidence in Non-obese diabetic (NOD) Animals, a Mouse Model for Type 1 Diabetes
This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for type 1 diabetes.
To study the in vivo effect of antagonist I L-7R antibodies on the diabetogenic process, a rat anti-mouse antagonist IL-7R antibody, 28G9 (Rinat), was tested in NOD mice. NOD mice exhibit a susceptibility to spontaneous development of automimmune insulin dependent diabetes mellitus (IDDM, type 1 diabetes) (Kikutani et al., 1992, Adv. Immunol. 51 : 285-322). 28G9 blocks IL-7-mediated STAT5 phosphorylation in mouse splenocytes and cross-competes with antagonist IL-7R human antibodies C1 GM, C2M3, HAL403a, HAL403b, P3A9, P4B3, P2D2 and P2E1 1 in Biacore™.
6-8 week old NOD female mice (The Jackson Laboratory) were injected intraperitoneally (i.p.) weekly starting at 9 weeks old (t = 0) with either 3 or 10 mg/kg body weight of 28G9. PBS or non-reactive isotype matched rat monoclonal antibody (isotype) were used as negative controls. The isotype antibody was administered at 10 mg/kg body weight. Mice were monitored two times per week for body weight and blood glucose. Diabetes was considered established when blood glucose level was at or over positive readings, i.e., over 250 mg/dL for two consecutive monitorings. The onset of diabetes was dated from the first of the sequential measurements.
As shown in Figure 2, none of the mice treated with 28G9 at 10 mg/kg developed diabetes even at 18 weeks of age. In contrast, 75-80% of the PBS and isotype-treated mice developed diabetes (Figure 2). Although not all mice treated with 28G9 at 3 mg/kg were diabetes-free at the end of the study, a significantly reduced diabetes incidence compared to the PBS and isotype controls was observed, demonstrating the inhibitory effect of 28G9 on diabetes development was dose-dependent (Figure 2). Treatment with 28G9 at 10 mg/kg significantly reduced blood glucose level compared to isotype or PBS controls (Figure 3A). Mouse development during antagonist IL-7R antibody treatment was monitored by tracking body weight and mortality. As shown in Figure 3B, multiple dosing of 3 or 10 mg/kg 28G9 had no significant effect on mouse growth, and no mortality was found at 10 mg/kg. Thus, antagonist IL-7R antibodies reduce blood glucose levels and inhibit diabetes progression in NOD animals. These results demonstrate that antagonist IL-7R antibodies are effective in preventing and slowing the progression of type 1 diabetes.
To investigate the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies on peripheral T cell regulation, CD4+ and CD8+ T cells were immunostained for the activation markers CD44 and CD62L and analyzed by flow cytometry. CD4+ and CD8+ T cells were isolated from the peripheral blood of PBS-treated, 28G9-treated, or isotype-treated mice. In comparison to the isotype control, the percentage of naive CD8+ T cells (B220- CD8+CD44l0CD62Lhi) in mice treated with 28G9 at 10 mg/kg was significantly lower, and the percentage of memory CD8+ T cells (B220-CD8+CD44hiCD62Lhi) were significantly higher (Figures 4A and 4B). In contrast, naive CD4+ T cells (B220- CD4+CD44l0CD62Lhi) were not significantly depleted in antagonist IL-7R antibody treated mice compared to isotype control (Figure 5). These results indicate that antagonist IL-7R antibodies reduce blood glucose levels through naive CD8+ T cell depletion.
Example 5: Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Delay Onset of Autoimmune Disease
This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for multiple sclerosis, experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE).
The STAT5 activation assay was used to identify antagonist IL-7R antibodies.
Spleens from B6 or BALB/c were homogenized in PBS and lysed in ACK lysis buffer (Invitrogen) for 2 min and then filtered through 100-μηη pore size mesh, pelleted, and resuspended at 5 x 106 cells/ml in room temperature to 37°C RPMI 1640 containing 10% FBS, penicillin (100 U/ml), streptomycin (100 g/ml), and L-glutamine. Cells were maintained at 37°C in 5% CO2 in conical tubes (to prevent monocyte/macrophage adherence) for 1-2 h before stimulation. Cells were preincubated with test antibody for 5 minutes prior to stimulation with IL-7. Cells were treated for 15 min with murine IL-7 (mlL-7, 0.1 ng/ml). Formaldehyde was added directly to the culture medium to a final concentration of 1.6%, and cells were fixed for 15 min at room temperature. Methanol was then added directly to a final concentration of 80%, and samples were stored at 4°C for 30 min to 1 h before immunostaining. The following antibodies were used for immunostaining: CD1 1 b-FITC (M1/70), B220-Cy5.5PerCP, TCRp-FITC, p-STAT5 (Y694, clone 47)-Alexa 647 (BD™ Pharmingen). TCRp+ and CD1 1 b+ cells were stained for phospho-STAT5. IL-7-stimulated STAT5 phosphorylation was observed by gating with TCRp in flow cytometry. A number of antibodies that blocked STAT5 phosphorylation were identified, including monoclonal antibodies 28B6 and 28G9.
Active EAE was induced in 6- to 8-week-old female B6 mice by subcutaneous immunization with 100
Figure imgf000082_0001
of MOG35-55 peptide (MEVGWYRSPFSRVVHLYRNGK (SEQ ID NO: 15)) emulsified in CFA containing 1 mg/ml of heat-killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37RA (Difco) on day 0 (see, Steinman and Zamvil, 2006). Additionally, mice received 400 ng of pertussis toxin (Calbiochem) i.v. in 0.1 ml of PBS on days 0 and 2. Starting on day 7 after MOG immunization, animals were treated twice weekly with antagonist IL-7R antibody 28B6 (10 mg/kg), antagonist IL-7R antibody 28G9 (10 mg/kg), or non-reactive isotype-matched antibody (10 mg/kg). Compared to isotype control, treatment with either 28G9 or 28B6 significantly reduced EAE activity as early as day 15 post immunization (Figure 6). This result demonstrates that antagonist IL-7R antibodies are effective in slowing the progression of EAE.
To test whether the antagonist IL-7R antibodies are efficacious in a dose- dependent manner, MOG immunized EAE animals were treated with either 1 or 3 mg/kg of 28G9 at day 7 and day 14 post immunization. A non-reactive isotype-matched antibody (1 mg/kg) was used as a negative control. In comparison to the isotype control, 28G9 treatment at both dosage levels reduced EAE severity at disease peak (Figure 7). This inhibitory effect of the antagonist IL-7R antibody lasted for about a week. This result demonstrates that antagonist IL-7R antibodies conferred protection at both 1 and 3 mg/kg. In a separate study, MOG immunized EAE animals were treated weekly with 1 , 3 or 10 mg/kg of 28G9 starting at day 7. Mice treated with 28G9 at 1 mg/kg showed significant efficacy with no mortality (Figure 8). These results demonstrate that 1 mg/kg of antagonist IL-7R antibody treatment is effective in slowing the progression of EAE and is well-tolerated.
To investigate antagonist I L-7R antibody efficacy in established disease, MOG immunized EAE animals were treated twice weekly with 28G9 at 10 mg/kg starting day 14 after immunization. A non-reactive isotype-matched antibody (10 mg/kg) was used as a negative control. Compared to the control, treatment with antagonist IL-7R antibody significantly reduced EAE severity (Figure 9). No mortality with the antagonist IL-7R antibody observed. This result demonstrates that antagonist IL-7R antibodies are effective to ameliorate established, ongoing EAE.
To further determine whether antagonist IL-7R antibodies can reduce EAE at late intervention at lower dose, MOG immunized EAE animals were treated once weekly with 28G9 at 3mg/kg starting day 14 after immunization. A non-reactive isotype- matched antibody (3 mg/kg) was used as a negative control. Compared to the control, a highly significant reduction of disease severity was observed with antagonist I L-7R antibody treatment (Figure 10). This result demonstrates that antagonist IL-7R antibody treatment is effective to reduce disease activity even at late intervention and lower dose.
Example 6: Immunological Changes After Antagonist IL-7R Antibody Therapy in Autoimmune Disease
This example illustrates immunological changes in EAE mice after antagonist IL-7R antibody treatment.
To gain insight into the mechanisms by which antagonist I L-7R antibody acts to ameliorate EAE in the mouse model, lymphocyte populations from treated and control animals were analyzed by immunostaining and flow cytometry. For the immunological studies in this example, MOG immunized EAE animals were treated weekly with antagonist IL-7R antibody 28G9 (10 mg/kg), 28B6 (10 mg/kg) or vehicle (non-reactive isotype-matched antibody, 10 mg/kg). In selected studies, a group of MOG immunized EAE animals were treated weekly with 28B6 (10 mg/kg). Animals were sacrificed on day 21 after immunization, and central lymphoid organs were collected. Lymphocytes were prepared from the organs and stained as described below. Immunostained lymphocytes were analyzed by flow cytometry. T cell populations in the BM, spleen, blood and thymus from EAE animals treated with antagonist I L-7R antibodies were significantly reduced compared to vehicle controls. As shown in Figure 1 1 , both CD4 T cell (Figure 1 1 A) and CD8 T cell (Figure 1 1 B) populations from BM, spleen, blood and lymph nodes were significantly reduced in antagonist IL-7R antibody treated EAE animals. This is consistent with the role of IL-7R in both CD4 and CD8 T cell development. However, B cell populations were not significantly reduced in all of peripheral lymphoid organs. This result differs from the mouse genetic data from the IL-7R knockout, which lacks both T and B cells.
Because IL-7R signaling is critical for naive T cell survival and for memory T cell proliferation, the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in the regulation of peripheral T cells was analyzed by immunostaining using activation markers CD44 and CD62L. CD44l0CD62Lhi represents naive T cells, CD44hiCD62Ll0 represents activated T cells and CD44hlCD62Lhl represent memory T cells. Compared to vehicle (nonreactive isotype-matched antibody) treated animals, antagonist IL-7R antibody treated mice had significantly depleted naive T cell and activated T cell populations (Figures 12A and 12C). However, memory T cell populations were not significantly depleted (Figure 12B). This selective depletion of naive and activated T cell populations may provide benefit in that naive T cell depletion can block nascent autoAg-specific T cell activation, in turn preventing EAE. Memory T cells are not depleted, and thus, anti-infection immunity is preserved.
A reduction of NK cells in antagonist IL-7R antibody treated EAE animals was not observed. A slight increase in the percent of NK cells was observed, presumably due to the decreased percent of CD4 and CD8 T cells. This data is consistent with the observation that IL-7/IL-7R signaling regulates T cell, but not for NK cell, development.
To determine the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibody treatment on Treg cell population in EAE animals, lymphocytes were stained for Foxp3 to identify Treg cells and MOG-MHC class II (l-Ab) tetramer to detect MOG-specific T cells. The population of MOG-specific CD4+ Teff cells detected in lymph nodes from 28G9 treated EAE animals was similar to that of control (nonreactive isotype-matched antibody-treated) animals (Figure 13, left graph). However, an increase in Treg cell population was observed with 28G9 treatment (Figure 13, right graph). These results demonstrate that treatment of EAE animals with antagonist IL-7R antibody results in an increase of Treg cell population. Advantageously, antagonist IL-7R antibody treatment may not develop other inflammatory disease, a side effect observed with IL-2Ra antibody therapy.
Lymphocyte preparation and immunofluorescent staining
For the above studies, single-cell leukocyte suspensions from spleens, peripheral lymph nodes (paired axillary, bronchial and inguinal), thymus and bilateral femurs bone marrow (BM) were generated by gentle dissection. Mononuclear cells from the central nervous system (CNS) were isolated after cardiac perfusion with PBS. Briefly, CNS tissues were digested with collagenase D (2.5 mg/ml; Roche Diagnostics) and DNasel (1 mg/ml; Roche Diagnostics) at 37°C for 45 minutes. Mononuclear cells were isolated by passing the tissue through 70-μηη cell strainers (BD Biosciences), followed by Percoll gradient (70%/37%) centrifugation. Lymphocytes were collected from the 37%/70% interface and washed. The following antibodies were used for immunostaining: FITC-, PE- or PE-Cy5-conjugated CD3 (17A2), CD4 (H129.19), CD8 (53-6.7), CD62L (MEL14), CD44 (IM7), B220 (H1.2F3), IgM (11/41 ), DX5 (CD49b) (all from BD Biosciences). For intracellular cytokine staining, lymphocytes were stimulated in vitro with phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate (20 ng/ml; Sigma-Aldrich) and ionomycin (1 μg/ml; Sigma-Aldrich) in the presence of GolgiStop™ (monensin) (5ug/ml) for 5 hours before staining. MOGse- IAb tetramer and control tetramer (CLIP/IAb) were constructed and supplied by the NIH Tetramer Core Facility. Background staining was assessed using nonreactive, isotype-matched control mAbs. For 2- or 3-color immunofluorescence analysis, single-cell suspensions (106 cells) were stained at 4°C using predetermined optimal concentrations of mAb for 20 minutes. For tetramer staining, lymphocytes were stained for 3 hours at 37°C.
Example 7: Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Ameliorate Glucose Intolerance in Diet-Induced Obesity (DIO) Animals
This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for type 2 diabetes.
To study the in vivo effect of antagonist I L-7R antibodies on pre-established adipose inflammation in DIO mice, C57BL/6 male mice (The Jackson Laboratory) were fed a high fat diet (HFD, D12492, 60 Kcal% fat, Research Diets) beginning at six weeks old. After ten weeks of high fat diet, the 16-week-old obese mice were randomly assigned to groups for i.p. administration of antagonist I L-7R antibody 28G9 (10 mg/kg), PBS, or nonreactive isotype-matched control antibody (10 mg/kg). Four days after antibody treatment, the mice were subject to a glucose tolerance test (i.p. 1 g/kg, after 16 hr fasting) to assess glucose intolerance. Table 5 shows the average body weight and glucose levels for each of the treated groups (PBS-, isotype- or 28G9-treated mice). The animals in each group had similar body weight.
Table 5
Figure imgf000086_0001
The results of the glucose tolerance test are depicted in Figure 14. Glucose intolerance induced by high fat diet was ameliorated by antagonist I L-7R antibody treatment. In the glucose tolerance test, DIO mice treated with 28G9 had significantly lower blood glucose levels compared to mice treated with isotype or PBS (Figure 14). This result demonstrates that antagonist IL-7R antibodies are efficacious in an animal model for type 2 diabetes.
Example 8: Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Reduce Disease Severity in a Mouse Model for Rheumatoid Arthritis
This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for rheumatoid arthritis (RA).
Collagen induced arthritis (CIA) is a widely used animal model sharing many pathological and histological similarities with RA. To study the in vivo effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies on CIA, 6-8 week old male B10.RIII mice (stock # 000457, The Jackson Laboratory) were immunized with 150 ug of Type II collagen (Elastin Products) emulsified in Freund's complete adjuvant containing 4 mg/ml heat-killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37RA (Difco) on day 0 and day 15. Mice were injected i.p. with 1 , 3 or 10 mg/kg of antagonist IL-7R antibody 28G9 or nonreactive isotype- matched control antibodies on day -1 , day 1 , day 8, day 15 and day 22.
Clinical signs of CIA were assessed daily with a 0 to 5 point scoring system: 0, normal; 1 , hind or fore paw joint affected or minimal diffuse erythema and swelling; 2, hind or fore paw joints affected or mild diffuse erythema and swelling; 3, hind or fore paw joints affected or moderate diffuse erythema and swelling; 4, Marked diffuse erythema and swelling; 5, diffuse erythema and severe swelling entire paw, unable to flex digits. Treatment with 28G9 at 3 mg/kg significantly reduced the severity of CIA in Cll-immunized mice as compared to isotype control (Figure 15). Treatment with 28G9 at 1 mg/kg did not show significant reduction. This result demonstrates that antagonist IL-7R antibodies are effective in slowing disease progession in an animal model for rheumatoid arthritis. Example 9: Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Reduce Disease Severity in a Mouse Model for Established EAE
This example illustrates efficicacy of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for established EAE.
EAE was induced in SJL/J mice by immunization with 200 μg of PLP(p139-151 ) dissolved in complete Freund's adjuvant containing 4 mg/ml of heat-killed
Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra (Difco Laboratories). Mice were examined daily for bodyweight measurements and clinical signs of EAE and scored as follows: 0, no paralysis; 1 , loss of tail tone; 2, hindlimb weakness; 3, hindlimb paralysis; 4, hindlimb and forelimb paralysis; 5, moribund or dead.
Mice having a EAE clinical score of 2-3 were treated with 28G9 (10 mg/kg, i.p.),
SB/14 (10 mg/kg, i.p.) or control IgG (10 mg/kg, i.p.) once a week for 2 weeks (on days
0, 7 and 14). 28G9 is rat lgG1 antibody and SB/14 (BD Biosciences) is a rat lgG2a antibody. Clinical scores were monitored daily until day 61.
By day 7, mice treated with 28G9 had clinical scores lower than 2 (N=7). The mice treated with 28G9 maintained clinical scores of about 2 until the end of the study
(day 61 ). In comparison, the control IgG-treated animals had clinical scores between 3 and 4 throughout the study. No reduction of disease severity was observed with SB/14 treatment compared to the control.
A highly significant reduction of disease severity was observed in 28G9 antagonist IL-7R antibody treated animals. These results demonstrate that antagonist
IL-7R antibodies are effective in reducing disease severity in established autoimmune disease. Example 10: Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Reduce Blood Glucose Levels in Animals with Newly Onset Diabetes
This example illustrates the efficacy of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in reversing newly onset diabetes in a mouse model for type 1 diabetes.
A panel of antagonist IL-7R antibodies were tested in a mouse model for type 1 diabetes. 28G9 is a rat lgG1 monoclonal antibody, 28G9-mlgG2a is an antibody having the 28G9 variable regions with mouse lgG2a constant region, and agly-28G9 is an aglycosylated antibody having the 28G9 variable regions with mouse lgG2a N297A. For construction and expression of 28G9-mlgG2a, the VH and Vk gene of rat monoclonal antibody 28G9 were amplified by PCR, cloned into pARC mouse lgG2a and pARC mouse kappa mammalian expression vectors, and cotransfected into 293F cells by Lipofectamin™ (Invitrogen™). After 5 days of post-transfection, the culture media was harvested and the 28G9 mouse lgG2a was purified by using Mabselect™ (GE) resin. For construction and expression of agly-28G9, the VH of rat 28G9 was cloned into an engineered pARC mouse lgG2a vector in which Asn-297 of the CH2 domain was replaced by Ala (pARC mouse lgG2a-N297A). An aglycosylated m28G9 (agly-28G9) was obtained by cotransfection of 293F cells with pARC mouse lgG2a-N297A and pARC-28G9 mouse kappa vector.
Spontaneous new onset diabetic NOD mice (i.e., two consecutive blood glucose concentrations over 250 mg/dl) were treated i.p. weekly with 28G9-mlgG2a (10 mg/kg, i.p.), 28G9 (10 mg/kg, i.p.), agly-28G9 (10 mg/kg, i.p.) or control IgG (10 mg/kg, i.p.). Blood glucose levels were monitored daily for 140 days after disease onset. In mice treated with 28G9-mlgG2a, 100% remission was observed. In the 28G9-mlgG2a treated NOD mice, blood glucose levels were maintained below 250 mg/dl with weekly 28G9-mlgG2a injections. 28G9 also showed some efficicacy in reducing blood glucose levels compared to control IgG. Agly-28G9-treated and control IgG-treated mice had blood glucose levels of greater than 250 mg/dl throughout the study. These results demonstrate that 28G9-mlgG2a antagonist IL-7R antibody is highly effective in reducing blood glucose levels in mice with established type 1 diabetes.
In a separate study, spontaneous new onset diabetic NOD mice were treated weekly, beginning at disease onset, with 28G9-mlgG2a (10 mg/kg i.p.) for the number of doses indicated in Table 6. Blood glucose levels were monitored daily. Table 6
Figure imgf000089_0001
The results shown in Table 6 indicate that two doses of antagonist IL-7R antibody were sufficient to maintain blood glucose levels lower than 250 mg/dL for up to 89 days. Three doses of antagonist IL-7R antibody were sufficient to maintain blood glucose levels lower than 250 mg/dL for at least 1 17 days. In this study, blood glucose levels maintained at lower than 250 mg/dL were observed for up to five months post- antagonist IL-7R antibody treatment.
The results of the studies described above demonstrate that antagonist IL-7R antibody 28G9-mlgG2a was highly effective in reducing blood glucose levels in animals with newly onset diabetes. Furthermore, mice treated with just two or three doses of antagonist IL-7R antibodies maintained blood glucose levels lower than 250 mg/dL for several months after antibody was administered.
Example 1 1 : Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Reduce Disease Severity in Mouse Models for Graft-Versus-Host Disease (GVHD)
This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in mouse models for acute and chronic graft-versus-host disease (GVHD).
Acute GVHD
For the mouse model of acute GVHD, 10x106 human PBMC (freshly isolated) were injected into non-irradiated NOD.SCID IL2Ry-/- mice (The Jackson Laboratory, 8- 12 weeks old). 14 days after injection, the mice were treated with 10 mg/kg antagonist antagonist IL-7R fully human lgG1 antibody HAL403b (n=10) or isotype control (n=10) once weekly. Clinical signs of GVHD and body weight were monitored twice a week. Forty days post-treatment, 100% of antagonist IL-7R antibody-treated animals remained alive, in contrast to only 50% of isotype control-treated animals survived. This result indicates that antagonist IL-7R antibodies are effective in reducing mortality rate in an animal model for acute GVHD.
Chronic GVHD For the chronic GVHD mouse model, human cord blood cells containing a small (1 -5%) percentage of CD3+ T cells were transplanted into newborn irradiated NOD.SCID IL2Ry-/- mice. Briefly, human CD34+ cord blood (AHCells, LLC, Emeryville, CA) was depleted of CD3+ T cells using human CD3 selection beads (Miltenyi Biotec GmBH, Germany, CAT #130-050-101 ) For the transplantation, about 300,000 to 400,000 CD34+ cells containing about 1-5% CD3+ T cells (in a volume of 50 μΙ) were intracardially injected per newborn irradiated NOD.SCID IL2Ry-/- mouse (The Jackson Laboratory). cGVHD developed 16-20 weeks post-transplantation.
Beginning at 24 weeks of age, mice with cGVHD were injected with 10 mg/kg antagonist I L-7R fully human lgG1 antibody HAL403b (n = 4) or PBS (n = 4) once weekly until sacrifice.
Mice were sacrificed at about 28-32 weeks old, after about 4 to 8 weeks of antagonist IL-7R antibody or PBS treatment. Mice treated with antagonist IL-7R fully human lgG1 antibody had significantly less hair loss than mice injected with PBS. Histologic analysis showed kidneys of PBS-treated mice were generally more severely affected than kidneys of antagonist I L-7R antibody-treated mice. For example, kidneys of control (PBS-treated) mice had markedly thickened capillary loops with increased amounts of eosinophilic material. In contrast, kidneys of mice treated with antagonist IL- 7R antibody had mildly thickened capillary loops with increased amount of eosinophilic material. In addition, kidneys of mice treated with antagonist IL-7R antibody had fewer dilated tubules compared to kidneys of mice treated with isotype control, which showed many dilated tubules. Lung histology revealed substantially reduced bronchial associated lymphoid tissue (BALT) in lungs of mice treated with antagonist I L-7R antibody compared to lungs of control mice, which had some BALT present. Severe lymphoid atrophy was observed in spleen of mice treated with antagonist IL-7 R antibody, compared to the mild to moderate change in spleen of mice treated with PBS.
These results indicate that antagonist IL-7R antibodies are effective in reducing disease severity in an animal model for chronic GVHD. Example 12: Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies Reduce Disease Severity in a Mouse Model for Lupus
This example illustrates the effect of antagonist IL-7R antibodies in a mouse model for lupus. For the mouse model of lupus, MRL/MpJ-Fas 7J mice (The Jackson Laboratory) were used. Commonly referred to as Ipr mutants, these mice are homozygous for the lymphoproliferation spontaneous mutation (Fasl r) and show systemic autoimmunity, massive lymphadenopathy associated with proliferation of aberrant T cells, arthritis, and immune complex glomerulonephrosis. As such, the MRL/MpJ-Fasl 7J mice are useful as a model for systemic lupus erythematosus.
Beginning at the time of disease onset, mice were dosed i.p. weekly with 1 , 3, or 10 mg/kg 28G9-mlgG2a antagonist IL-7R antibody (see Example 10), 1 mg/kg agly- 28G9 antagonist I L-7R antibody, an isotype control IgG (negative control) or cyclophosphamide (positive control). For each treatment group, ten mice were used (n=10). Disease severity was monitored by measuring proteinuria levels, activity levels, and assessing the righting reflex. I n assessing the righting reflex, mice that failed to right themselves within 30 seconds were sacrificed. Suvival rate is summarized in Table 7 below.
Table 7
Figure imgf000091_0001
As shown in Table 7, mice treated with 1 mg/kg agly-28G9, 3 mg/kg 28G9- mlgG2a or 10 mg/kg 28G9-mlgG2a had an increased survival rate compared to mice treated with isotype control IgG. These results indicate that antagonist IL-7R antibodies are effective in reducing disease severity in an animal model for lupus.
Example 13: Epitope Mapping/Binding of Antagonist IL-7R Antibodies
This example illustrates structure-guided mutagenesis to map antibody binding epitopes.
Based on the crystal structure of the I L-7/I L-7Ra complex and the likely involvement of certain residues in I L-7 binding (McElroy et al., 2009, Structure, 17(1 ):54- 65, twenty-three IL-7Ra surface-residue mutants (N29D, V58S, E59R, R66N, K77S, L80S, I82S, K84S, K100S, T105A, N131 S, Q136K, K138S, Y139F, K141 S, M144A, D190S, H191 N, Y192A, Y192F, K194S, K194A and F196S) were chosen for mutation to map the antibody binding epitopes. The numbering for the mutants (i.e., N29D, V58S, E59R, etc.) follows the convention of post-processed protein wherein the first 20 amino acids are not counted.
A panel of IL-7Ra single point mutants (his-tagged) were prepared as follows. The twenty-three IL-7Ra single point mutants described above were generated from the previously described wild-type DNA construct (McElroy et al., 2009, supra) using standard DNA techniques. The mutant proteins were expressed using transient transfection in HEK293T cells and secreted into the cell media. The mutant proteins were purified by Ni2+ column chromatography. Protein concentrations were measured by spectrophotometry (NanoDrop™).
Interaction analysis of IL-7Ra was performed at 25 °C using a surface-plasmon resonance-based ProteOn™ XPR36 biosensor equipped with a GLM sensor chip (Bio- Rad, Hercules, CA, USA). HBST running buffer (10 mM Hepes pH7.4, 150 mM NaCI, 0.05% v/v Tween-20) was used throughout. Full-length IL-7R antibodies (HAL403a or HAL403b) were amine-coupled onto separate "vertical" channels of the chip via standard EDC/sulfo-NHS-mediated chemistry to levels of about 2000-5000 RU. The panel of IL-7Ra mutants (including wild-type IL-7Ra) was screened in the "horizontal" direction at 100 nM using association and dissociation phases of 3 and 10 mins respectively at 30 uL/min. Surfaces were regenerated with 2/1 v/v Pierce immunopure elution buffer (pH2.8) /4M NaCI. Most injections were duplicated to confirm that the assay was reproducible.
Table 8 summarizes the impact of the single point mutations in the IL-7Ra mutants on antibody binding compared to wild-type IL-7Ra.
Table 8
Impact on antibody (HAL403a or
IL-7Ra mutant
HAL403b) binding
I82S Highly impaired
K84S, K100S, T105A, Impaired
Y192A
D190S, H191 N, K194S Slightly impaired
N29D,V58S, E59R, R66N, None K77S, L80S, N131 S,
Q136K, K138S, Y139F,
K141 S, M144A, Y192F,
K194A, F196S, (wild-type) |
The IL-7Ra mutants displaying weakened antibody binding compared to wild-type IL-7Ra were identified as having a point mutation at a residue involved in mAb binding. The binding residues of IL-7Ra to antibody HAL403a in descending order of mutant effects were identified as follows: I82 (high impact on binding), K84 (medium impact), K100 (medium impact), T105 (medium impact), Y192 (medium impact), D190 (small impact), H191 (small impact), and K194 (small impact). The binding residues of I L-7Ra to antibody HAL403b in descending order of mutant effects were identified as follows: I82 (high impact on binding), K84 (medium impact), K100 (medium impact), T105 (medium impact), Y192 (medium impact), D190 (small impact), H191 (small impact), and K194 (small impact).
Although the disclosed teachings have been described with reference to various applications, methods, kits, and compositions, it will be appreciated that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the teachings herein and the claimed invention below. The foregoing examples are provided to better illustrate the disclosed teachings and are not intended to limit the scope of the teachings presented herein. While the present teachings have been described in terms of these exemplary embodiments, the skilled artisan will readily understand that numerous variations and modifications of these exemplary embodiments are possible without undue experimentation. All such variations and modifications are within the scope of the current teachings.
All references cited herein, including patents, patent applications, papers, text books, and the like, and the references cited therein, to the extent that they are not already, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In the event that one or more of the incorporated literature and similar materials differs from or contradicts this application, including but not limited to defined terms, term usage, described techniques, or the like, this application controls.
The foregoing description and Examples detail certain specific embodiments of the invention and describes the best mode contemplated by the inventors. It will be appreciated, however, that no matter how detailed the foregoing may appear in text, the invention may be practiced in many ways and the invention should be construed in accordance with the appended claims and any equivalents thereof.

Claims

Claims
It is claimed: 1. An isolated interleukin-7 receptor (IL-7R) antibody which specifically binds to IL-7R and comprises an antigen binding region that cross-competes with a monoclonal antibody selected from the group consisting of P3A9, P4B3, P2D2, P2E1 1 , HAL403a, HAL403b, C1 GM and C2M3, for binding to IL-7R.
2. The antibody of claim 1 , wherein the antibody binds to an epitope comprising residues I82, K84, K100, T105, and Y192 of human interleukin-7 receptor alpha (IL-7Ra).
3. The antibody of claim 2, wherein the epitope further comprises one or more additional residues selected from the group consisting of residues D190, H191 , and K194 of human IL-7Ra.
4. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to interleukin-7 receptor alpha (IL-7Ra), wherein the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) complementary determining region one (CDR1 ) having the amino acid sequence X1X2VMH, wherein X1 is D or N; X2 is S or Y (SEQ ID NO: 50), a VH CDR2 having the amino acid sequence X X2X3X4X5GX6X7TYYADSVKG, wherein X-, is L or A; X2 is V or I; X3 is G or S; X4 is W or G; X5 is D or S; X6 is F, G or S; X7 is F, A or S (SEQ ID NO: 51 ), and a VH CDR3 having the amino acid sequence X1X2X3X4X5X6X7X8, wherein Xi is Q or D; X2 is G or I; X3 is D or S; X4 is Y or G; X5 is M, V or G; X6 is G or F; X7 is N, D or M; X8 is N, Y or D (SEQ ID NO: 52), a light chain variable region (VL) CDR1 having the amino acid sequence TX-1SSGX2IX3SSYVQ wherein Xi is R or G; X2 is S or R ; X3 is D or A (SEQ ID NO: 53), a VL CDR2 having the amino acid sequence EDX-iQRPS wherein X-i is D or N (SEQ ID NO: 54), and a VL CDR3 having the amino acid sequence X X2YX3X4X5X6LX7 wherein X-, is Q or M; X2 is S or Q; X3 is D or A; X4 is F or S; X5 is H or S; X6 is H or S; X7 is V or W (SEQ ID NO: 55), wherein the antibody blocks STAT5 phosphorylation in a STAT5 activation assay.
5. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to interleukin-7 receptor alpha (IL-7Ra), wherein the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) complementary determining region one (CDR1 ) having the amino acid sequence DSVMH (SEQ ID NO: 19), GFTFDDS (SEQ ID NO: 46), or GFTFDDSVMH (SEQ ID NO: 47), a VH CDR2 having the amino acid sequence LVGWDGFFTYYADSVKG (SEQ ID NO: 23) or GWDGFF (SEQ ID NO: 48), a VH CDR3 having the amino acid sequence QGDYMGNN (SEQ ID NO: 49), a light chain variable region (VL) CDR1 having the amino acid sequence TRSSGSI DSSYVQ (SEQ ID NO: 29), a VL CDR2 having the amino acid sequence EDDQRPS (SEQ ID NO: 31 ), and a VL CDR3 having the amino acid sequence QSYDFHHLV (SEQ ID NO: 36).
6. The antibody of claim 5, wherein the VH region comprises the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 40 and the VL region comprises the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 41 .
7. The antibody of claim 6, wherein said antibody comprises a light chain having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 43 and a heavy chain having the amino acid sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 42, with or without the C-terminal lysine of SEQ ID NO: 42.
8. The antibody of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the antibody further comprises a constant region.
9. The antibody of claim 8, wherein the antibody is of the human lgG1 or lgG2Aa subclass.
10. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the antibody of any one of claims 1 to 9.
1 1. A cell line that recombinantly produces the the antibody of any one of claims 1 to 9.
12. A nucleic acid encoding the antibody according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
13. A method for treating and/or preventing an autoimmune disorder in an individual, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual suffering from or at risk for an autoimmune disorder, thereby ameliorating and/or preventing one or more symptoms of the autoimmune disorder, wherein the autoimmune disorder is selected from the group consisting of type 1 diabetes, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus and multiple sclerosis.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein administration of the antagonist IL-7R antibody results in reduced naive and activated T cell populations in the individual compared to before administration.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the reduced T cell populations in the individual comprise TH1 and/or TH17 cells.
16. A method of treating and/or preventing type 2 diabetes in an individual, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of an IL-7R antagonist to an individual suffering from or at risk for type 2 diabetes, thereby ameliorating and/or preventing one or more symptoms of type 2 diabetes.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the IL-7R antagonist is an antagonist IL- 7R antibody.
18. A method for treating and/or preventing graft-versus-host disease (GVHD) in an individual, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of an antagonist IL-7R antibody to an individual suffering from GVHD, thereby ameliorating one or more symptoms of GVHD.
19. The method of any one of claims 13-15, 17 or 18, wherein the antibody is the antibody of any one of claims 1 to 9.
PCT/IB2011/050792 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods WO2011104687A1 (en)

Priority Applications (15)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
ES11711673T ES2780374T3 (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Anti-IL-7 Receptor Antagonist Antibodies and Procedures
AU2011219488A AU2011219488B2 (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-IL-7 receptor antibodies and methods
RU2012136234/10A RU2533809C9 (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods
NZ601586A NZ601586A (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods
KR1020147004734A KR20140033246A (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods
JP2012554463A JP5602885B2 (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-IL-7 receptor antibodies and methods
CN201180011149.4A CN103038254B (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 The anti-IL-7 receptor antibody of Antagonism and method
KR1020127022056A KR101509874B1 (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods
BR112012021433A BR112012021433A2 (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 anti-7 receptor antagonist antibodies and methods.
SG2012056610A SG182811A1 (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods
CA2789132A CA2789132C (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist il-7 receptor antibodies to treat type 2 diabetes and immunological disorders
MX2012009497A MX2012009497A (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods.
EP11711673.1A EP2539369B1 (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods
IL221620A IL221620A (en) 2010-02-24 2012-08-23 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods
HK13111421.1A HK1184168A1 (en) 2010-02-24 2013-10-10 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods il-7

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US30767010P 2010-02-24 2010-02-24
US61/307,670 2010-02-24
US201161438205P 2011-01-31 2011-01-31
US61/438,205 2011-01-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011104687A1 true WO2011104687A1 (en) 2011-09-01

Family

ID=44476676

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2011/050792 WO2011104687A1 (en) 2010-02-24 2011-02-24 Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods

Country Status (22)

Country Link
US (5) US8298535B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2539369B1 (en)
JP (3) JP5602885B2 (en)
KR (2) KR101509874B1 (en)
CN (2) CN103038254B (en)
AR (1) AR080291A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2011219488B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112012021433A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2789132C (en)
CO (1) CO6561843A2 (en)
ES (1) ES2780374T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1184168A1 (en)
IL (1) IL221620A (en)
MX (1) MX2012009497A (en)
MY (1) MY164755A (en)
NZ (1) NZ601586A (en)
PE (1) PE20130646A1 (en)
RU (2) RU2533809C9 (en)
SA (1) SA114360064B1 (en)
SG (1) SG182811A1 (en)
TW (2) TWI596114B (en)
WO (1) WO2011104687A1 (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101453516B1 (en) 2011-09-20 2014-10-24 가톨릭대학교 산학협력단 Composition for preventing and treating autoimmune diseases comprising anti-VEGF antibody
EP2955196A1 (en) 2014-06-10 2015-12-16 Effimune Antibodies directed against CD127
WO2016059512A1 (en) 2014-10-18 2016-04-21 Pfizer Inc. Anti-il-7r antibody compositions
US9447182B2 (en) 2011-10-19 2016-09-20 Ose Immunotherapeutics Antibodies directed against the alpha chain of IL7 receptor—their use for the preparation of drug candidates
WO2017055966A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Pfizer Inc. Low viscosity antibody compositions
WO2017149394A1 (en) 2016-02-29 2017-09-08 Ose Immunotherapeutics Non-antagonistic antibodies directed against the alpha chain of the il7 receptor extracellular domain and use thereof in cancer treatment
WO2018019897A1 (en) * 2016-07-26 2018-02-01 Polichem S.A. Anti-hsv synergistic activity of antibodies and antiviral agents
WO2018104483A1 (en) 2016-12-09 2018-06-14 Ose Immunotherapeutics Antibodies and polypeptides directed against cd127
WO2020154293A1 (en) 2019-01-22 2020-07-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Antibodies against il-7r alpha subunit and uses thereof
WO2020254827A1 (en) 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 Vhsquared Limited Polypeptides
WO2020254828A1 (en) 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 Vhsquared Limited Compositions
US11623952B2 (en) 2019-06-21 2023-04-11 Sorriso Pharmaceuticals, Inc. IL-23 and TNF-alpha binding bi-specific heavy chain polypeptides
WO2024146956A1 (en) 2023-01-06 2024-07-11 Twain Therapeutics Pte. Ltd. Antigen-binding molecules
WO2024146955A1 (en) 2023-01-06 2024-07-11 Twain Therapeutics Pte. Ltd. Antigen-binding molecules
WO2024200826A1 (en) 2023-03-30 2024-10-03 Ose Immunotherapeutics Lipid-based nanoparticle targeted at activated immune cells for the expression of immune cell inhibiting molecule and use thereof
WO2024200823A1 (en) 2023-03-30 2024-10-03 Ose Immunotherapeutics Lipid-based nanoparticle targeted at activated immune cells for the expression of immune cell enhancing molecule and use thereof

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AR080291A1 (en) * 2010-02-24 2012-03-28 Rinat Neuroscience Corp ANTI-BODIES ANTAGONISTS ANTI RECEIVER OF IL-7 AND PROCEDURES
EP3352790A1 (en) * 2015-09-22 2018-08-01 Pfizer Inc Method of preparing a therapeutic protein formulation and antibody formulation produced by such a method
WO2017062748A1 (en) * 2015-10-07 2017-04-13 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Il-7r-alpha specific antibodies for treating acute lymphoblastic leukemia
WO2018156649A1 (en) * 2017-02-22 2018-08-30 Flagship Pioneering, Inc. Compositions of t cell modulator (tcm) molecules and uses thereof
WO2022020637A1 (en) * 2020-07-22 2022-01-27 Nektar Therapeutics Il-7 receptor agonist composition and related methods and uses
WO2024040194A1 (en) 2022-08-17 2024-02-22 Capstan Therapeutics, Inc. Conditioning for in vivo immune cell engineering
CN117050178B (en) * 2023-10-13 2024-01-12 北京百普赛斯生物科技股份有限公司 Antibody for specifically detecting IL-7 and application thereof

Citations (79)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
EP0003089A1 (en) 1978-01-06 1979-07-25 Bernard David Drier for silkscreen printed sheets
US4485045A (en) 1981-07-06 1984-11-27 Research Corporation Synthetic phosphatidyl cholines useful in forming liposomes
US4544545A (en) 1983-06-20 1985-10-01 Trustees University Of Massachusetts Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting
US4676980A (en) 1985-09-23 1987-06-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Target specific cross-linked heteroantibodies
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4683195A (en) 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
WO1987004462A1 (en) 1986-01-23 1987-07-30 Celltech Limited Recombinant dna sequences, vectors containing them and method for the use thereof
US4754065A (en) 1984-12-18 1988-06-28 Cetus Corporation Precursor to nucleic acid probe
GB2200651A (en) 1987-02-07 1988-08-10 Al Sumidaie Ayad Mohamed Khala A method of obtaining a retrovirus-containing fraction from retrovirus-containing cells
US4777127A (en) 1985-09-30 1988-10-11 Labsystems Oy Human retrovirus-related products and methods of diagnosing and treating conditions associated with said retrovirus
US4800159A (en) 1986-02-07 1989-01-24 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
EP0345242A2 (en) 1988-06-03 1989-12-06 Smithkline Biologicals S.A. Expression of gag proteins from retroviruses in eucaryotic cells
WO1990007936A1 (en) 1989-01-23 1990-07-26 Chiron Corporation Recombinant therapies for infection and hyperproliferative disorders
WO1990011092A1 (en) 1989-03-21 1990-10-04 Vical, Inc. Expression of exogenous polynucleotide sequences in a vertebrate
WO1991000360A1 (en) 1989-06-29 1991-01-10 Medarex, Inc. Bispecific reagents for aids therapy
WO1991002805A2 (en) 1989-08-18 1991-03-07 Viagene, Inc. Recombinant retroviruses delivering vector constructs to target cells
US5013556A (en) 1989-10-20 1991-05-07 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time
US5047335A (en) 1988-12-21 1991-09-10 The Regents Of The University Of Calif. Process for controlling intracellular glycosylation of proteins
WO1991014445A1 (en) 1990-03-21 1991-10-03 Research Development Foundation Heterovesicular liposomes
WO1992020373A1 (en) 1991-05-14 1992-11-26 Repligen Corporation Heteroconjugate antibodies for treatment of hiv infection
EP0519596A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-12-23 Merck & Co. Inc. A method for reducing the immunogenicity of antibody variable domains
WO1993003769A1 (en) 1991-08-20 1993-03-04 THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, represented by THE SECRETARY, DEPARTEMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Adenovirus mediated transfer of genes to the gastrointestinal tract
WO1993006213A1 (en) 1991-09-23 1993-04-01 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
WO1993010218A1 (en) 1991-11-14 1993-05-27 The United States Government As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Vectors including foreign genes and negative selective markers
WO1993011230A1 (en) 1991-12-02 1993-06-10 Dynal As Modified mammalian stem cell blocking viral replication
US5219740A (en) 1987-02-13 1993-06-15 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Retroviral gene transfer into diploid fibroblasts for gene therapy
WO1993019191A1 (en) 1992-03-16 1993-09-30 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Defective recombinant adenoviruses expressing cytokines for use in antitumoral treatment
WO1993025234A1 (en) 1992-06-08 1993-12-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions for targeting specific tissue
WO1993025698A1 (en) 1992-06-10 1993-12-23 The United States Government As Represented By The Vector particles resistant to inactivation by human serum
US5278299A (en) 1991-03-18 1994-01-11 Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation Method and composition for synthesizing sialylated glycosyl compounds
WO1994003622A1 (en) 1992-07-31 1994-02-17 Imperial College Of Science, Technology & Medicine D-type retroviral vectors, based on mpmv
WO1994004690A1 (en) 1992-08-17 1994-03-03 Genentech, Inc. Bispecific immunoadhesins
WO1994012649A2 (en) 1992-12-03 1994-06-09 Genzyme Corporation Gene therapy for cystic fibrosis
WO1994023697A1 (en) 1993-04-22 1994-10-27 Depotech Corporation Cyclodextrin liposomes encapsulating pharmacologic compounds and methods for their use
WO1994028938A1 (en) 1993-06-07 1994-12-22 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy sponsorship
WO1995000655A1 (en) 1993-06-24 1995-01-05 Mc Master University Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy
WO1995007994A2 (en) 1993-09-15 1995-03-23 Viagene, Inc. Recombinant alphavirus vectors
WO1995011984A2 (en) 1993-10-25 1995-05-04 Canji, Inc. Recombinant adenoviral vector and methods of use
WO1995013796A1 (en) 1993-11-16 1995-05-26 Depotech Corporation Vesicles with controlled release of actives
US5422120A (en) 1988-05-30 1995-06-06 Depotech Corporation Heterovesicular liposomes
WO1995030763A2 (en) 1994-05-09 1995-11-16 Chiron Viagene, Inc. Retroviral vectors having a reduced recombination rate
US5510261A (en) 1991-11-21 1996-04-23 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Juniot University Method of controlling the degradation of glycoprotein oligosaccharides produced by cultured Chinese hamster ovary cells
WO1996017072A2 (en) 1994-11-30 1996-06-06 Chiron Viagene, Inc. Recombinant alphavirus vectors
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5545807A (en) 1988-10-12 1996-08-13 The Babraham Institute Production of antibodies from transgenic animals
US5565332A (en) 1991-09-23 1996-10-15 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
US5569825A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-10-29 Genpharm International Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5580717A (en) 1990-05-01 1996-12-03 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
US5580859A (en) 1989-03-21 1996-12-03 Vical Incorporated Delivery of exogenous DNA sequences in a mammal
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
WO1997042338A1 (en) 1996-05-06 1997-11-13 Chiron Corporation Crossless retroviral vectors
US5733743A (en) 1992-03-24 1998-03-31 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US5750373A (en) 1990-12-03 1998-05-12 Genentech, Inc. Enrichment method for variant proteins having altered binding properties, M13 phagemids, and growth hormone variants
US5807715A (en) 1984-08-27 1998-09-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods and transformed mammalian lymphocyte cells for producing functional antigen-binding protein including chimeric immunoglobulin
US5814482A (en) 1993-09-15 1998-09-29 Dubensky, Jr.; Thomas W. Eukaryotic layered vector initiation systems
US5866692A (en) 1991-09-18 1999-02-02 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for producing humanized chimera antibody
US5981568A (en) 1993-01-28 1999-11-09 Neorx Corporation Therapeutic inhibitor of vascular smooth muscle cells
WO1999058572A1 (en) 1998-05-08 1999-11-18 Cambridge University Technical Services Limited Binding molecules derived from immunoglobulins which do not trigger complement mediated lysis
US5997867A (en) 1991-07-16 1999-12-07 Waldmann; Herman Method of using humanized antibody against CD18
WO2000009560A2 (en) 1998-08-17 2000-02-24 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of modified molecules with increased serum half-lives
US6054297A (en) 1991-06-14 2000-04-25 Genentech, Inc. Humanized antibodies and methods for making them
WO2000053211A2 (en) 1999-03-09 2000-09-14 University Of Southern California Method of promoting myocyte proliferation and myocardial tissue repair
US6180377B1 (en) 1993-06-16 2001-01-30 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Humanized antibodies
US6210671B1 (en) 1992-12-01 2001-04-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized antibodies reactive with L-selectin
WO2001027160A1 (en) 1999-10-14 2001-04-19 Applied Molecular Evolution, Inc. Methods of optimizing antibody variable region binding affinity
US6265150B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2001-07-24 Becton Dickinson & Company Phage antibodies
US6350861B1 (en) 1992-03-09 2002-02-26 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Antibodies with increased binding affinity
US6376471B1 (en) 1997-10-10 2002-04-23 Johns Hopkins University Gene delivery compositions and methods
US6413942B1 (en) 1989-03-21 2002-07-02 Vical, Inc. Methods of delivering a physiologically active polypeptide to a mammal
US6436908B1 (en) 1995-05-30 2002-08-20 Duke University Use of exogenous β-adrenergic receptor and β-adrenergic receptor kinase gene constructs to enhance myocardial function
WO2004058184A2 (en) 2002-12-24 2004-07-15 Rinat Neuroscience Corp. Anti-ngf antibodies and methods using same
US7314622B2 (en) 2005-04-15 2008-01-01 Neogenix Oncology, Inc. Recombinant monoclonal antibodies and corresponding antigens for colon and pancreatic cancers
WO2010017468A1 (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-11 Glaxo Wellcome Manufacturing Pte Ltd Treatment of autoimmune and inflammatory disease
WO2010085643A1 (en) * 2009-01-22 2010-07-29 University Of Miami Targeting il-7 signaling as a therapy for multiple sclerosis and other il-7 signaling dependent disorders

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2033082A1 (en) 1989-06-15 1990-12-16 Linda S. Park Interleukin-7 receptors
US5859205A (en) * 1989-12-21 1999-01-12 Celltech Limited Humanised antibodies
WO1994028160A1 (en) * 1993-06-01 1994-12-08 Toray Industries, Inc. Monoclonal antibody, process for producing the same, and use thereof
FR2745185B1 (en) 1996-02-28 1998-05-15 Sanofi Sa USE OF IL-7 IN THE TREATMENT OF AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES, PARTICULARLY INSULIN-DEPENDENT DIABETES MELLITUS
RU2430927C2 (en) * 2000-10-20 2011-10-10 Тугаи Сейяку Кабусики Кайся Atomic compound capable of specifically identifying and cross linkinking cell surface molecule or intracellular molecule
US20050054054A1 (en) * 2002-11-12 2005-03-10 Foss Francine M. Interleukin-7 molecules with altered biological properties
WO2006052660A2 (en) 2004-11-04 2006-05-18 Childrens Hospital Los Angeles Research Institute Il-7 receptor blockade to suppress immunity
CA2513350A1 (en) 2005-03-02 2006-09-02 Sydney West Area Health Service Treatment for multiple sclerosis
US7833527B2 (en) * 2006-10-02 2010-11-16 Amgen Inc. Methods of treating psoriasis using IL-17 Receptor A antibodies
AR080291A1 (en) * 2010-02-24 2012-03-28 Rinat Neuroscience Corp ANTI-BODIES ANTAGONISTS ANTI RECEIVER OF IL-7 AND PROCEDURES

Patent Citations (87)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
EP0003089A1 (en) 1978-01-06 1979-07-25 Bernard David Drier for silkscreen printed sheets
US4485045A (en) 1981-07-06 1984-11-27 Research Corporation Synthetic phosphatidyl cholines useful in forming liposomes
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US6331415B1 (en) 1983-04-08 2001-12-18 Genentech, Inc. Methods of producing immunoglobulins, vectors and transformed host cells for use therein
US4544545A (en) 1983-06-20 1985-10-01 Trustees University Of Massachusetts Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting
US5807715A (en) 1984-08-27 1998-09-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods and transformed mammalian lymphocyte cells for producing functional antigen-binding protein including chimeric immunoglobulin
US4754065A (en) 1984-12-18 1988-06-28 Cetus Corporation Precursor to nucleic acid probe
US4683202B1 (en) 1985-03-28 1990-11-27 Cetus Corp
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
US4676980A (en) 1985-09-23 1987-06-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Target specific cross-linked heteroantibodies
US4777127A (en) 1985-09-30 1988-10-11 Labsystems Oy Human retrovirus-related products and methods of diagnosing and treating conditions associated with said retrovirus
WO1987004462A1 (en) 1986-01-23 1987-07-30 Celltech Limited Recombinant dna sequences, vectors containing them and method for the use thereof
US4683195A (en) 1986-01-30 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or-cloning nucleic acid sequences
US4683195B1 (en) 1986-01-30 1990-11-27 Cetus Corp
US4800159A (en) 1986-02-07 1989-01-24 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying, detecting, and/or cloning nucleic acid sequences
GB2200651A (en) 1987-02-07 1988-08-10 Al Sumidaie Ayad Mohamed Khala A method of obtaining a retrovirus-containing fraction from retrovirus-containing cells
US5219740A (en) 1987-02-13 1993-06-15 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Retroviral gene transfer into diploid fibroblasts for gene therapy
US5422120A (en) 1988-05-30 1995-06-06 Depotech Corporation Heterovesicular liposomes
EP0345242A2 (en) 1988-06-03 1989-12-06 Smithkline Biologicals S.A. Expression of gag proteins from retroviruses in eucaryotic cells
US5545807A (en) 1988-10-12 1996-08-13 The Babraham Institute Production of antibodies from transgenic animals
US5047335A (en) 1988-12-21 1991-09-10 The Regents Of The University Of Calif. Process for controlling intracellular glycosylation of proteins
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5585089A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-12-17 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5693761A (en) 1988-12-28 1997-12-02 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Polynucleotides encoding improved humanized immunoglobulins
US5693762A (en) 1988-12-28 1997-12-02 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US6180370B1 (en) 1988-12-28 2001-01-30 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins and methods of making the same
WO1990007936A1 (en) 1989-01-23 1990-07-26 Chiron Corporation Recombinant therapies for infection and hyperproliferative disorders
WO1990011092A1 (en) 1989-03-21 1990-10-04 Vical, Inc. Expression of exogenous polynucleotide sequences in a vertebrate
US6413942B1 (en) 1989-03-21 2002-07-02 Vical, Inc. Methods of delivering a physiologically active polypeptide to a mammal
US5580859A (en) 1989-03-21 1996-12-03 Vical Incorporated Delivery of exogenous DNA sequences in a mammal
WO1991000360A1 (en) 1989-06-29 1991-01-10 Medarex, Inc. Bispecific reagents for aids therapy
WO1991002805A2 (en) 1989-08-18 1991-03-07 Viagene, Inc. Recombinant retroviruses delivering vector constructs to target cells
US5013556A (en) 1989-10-20 1991-05-07 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time
EP0524968A1 (en) 1990-03-21 1993-02-03 Res Dev Foundation Heterovesicular liposomes.
WO1991014445A1 (en) 1990-03-21 1991-10-03 Research Development Foundation Heterovesicular liposomes
US5580717A (en) 1990-05-01 1996-12-03 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5569825A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-10-29 Genpharm International Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5750373A (en) 1990-12-03 1998-05-12 Genentech, Inc. Enrichment method for variant proteins having altered binding properties, M13 phagemids, and growth hormone variants
US5278299A (en) 1991-03-18 1994-01-11 Scripps Clinic And Research Foundation Method and composition for synthesizing sialylated glycosyl compounds
WO1992020373A1 (en) 1991-05-14 1992-11-26 Repligen Corporation Heteroconjugate antibodies for treatment of hiv infection
EP0519596A1 (en) 1991-05-17 1992-12-23 Merck & Co. Inc. A method for reducing the immunogenicity of antibody variable domains
US6054297A (en) 1991-06-14 2000-04-25 Genentech, Inc. Humanized antibodies and methods for making them
US5997867A (en) 1991-07-16 1999-12-07 Waldmann; Herman Method of using humanized antibody against CD18
WO1993003769A1 (en) 1991-08-20 1993-03-04 THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, represented by THE SECRETARY, DEPARTEMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES Adenovirus mediated transfer of genes to the gastrointestinal tract
US5866692A (en) 1991-09-18 1999-02-02 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for producing humanized chimera antibody
US5565332A (en) 1991-09-23 1996-10-15 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
WO1993006213A1 (en) 1991-09-23 1993-04-01 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
WO1993010218A1 (en) 1991-11-14 1993-05-27 The United States Government As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Vectors including foreign genes and negative selective markers
US5510261A (en) 1991-11-21 1996-04-23 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Juniot University Method of controlling the degradation of glycoprotein oligosaccharides produced by cultured Chinese hamster ovary cells
WO1993011230A1 (en) 1991-12-02 1993-06-10 Dynal As Modified mammalian stem cell blocking viral replication
US6350861B1 (en) 1992-03-09 2002-02-26 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Antibodies with increased binding affinity
WO1993019191A1 (en) 1992-03-16 1993-09-30 Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Defective recombinant adenoviruses expressing cytokines for use in antitumoral treatment
US5733743A (en) 1992-03-24 1998-03-31 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
WO1993025234A1 (en) 1992-06-08 1993-12-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods and compositions for targeting specific tissue
WO1993025698A1 (en) 1992-06-10 1993-12-23 The United States Government As Represented By The Vector particles resistant to inactivation by human serum
WO1994003622A1 (en) 1992-07-31 1994-02-17 Imperial College Of Science, Technology & Medicine D-type retroviral vectors, based on mpmv
WO1994004690A1 (en) 1992-08-17 1994-03-03 Genentech, Inc. Bispecific immunoadhesins
US6210671B1 (en) 1992-12-01 2001-04-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized antibodies reactive with L-selectin
WO1994012649A2 (en) 1992-12-03 1994-06-09 Genzyme Corporation Gene therapy for cystic fibrosis
US5981568A (en) 1993-01-28 1999-11-09 Neorx Corporation Therapeutic inhibitor of vascular smooth muscle cells
WO1994023697A1 (en) 1993-04-22 1994-10-27 Depotech Corporation Cyclodextrin liposomes encapsulating pharmacologic compounds and methods for their use
WO1994028938A1 (en) 1993-06-07 1994-12-22 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy sponsorship
US6180377B1 (en) 1993-06-16 2001-01-30 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Humanized antibodies
WO1995000655A1 (en) 1993-06-24 1995-01-05 Mc Master University Adenovirus vectors for gene therapy
US5814482A (en) 1993-09-15 1998-09-29 Dubensky, Jr.; Thomas W. Eukaryotic layered vector initiation systems
WO1995007994A2 (en) 1993-09-15 1995-03-23 Viagene, Inc. Recombinant alphavirus vectors
WO1995011984A2 (en) 1993-10-25 1995-05-04 Canji, Inc. Recombinant adenoviral vector and methods of use
WO1995013796A1 (en) 1993-11-16 1995-05-26 Depotech Corporation Vesicles with controlled release of actives
WO1995030763A2 (en) 1994-05-09 1995-11-16 Chiron Viagene, Inc. Retroviral vectors having a reduced recombination rate
WO1996017072A2 (en) 1994-11-30 1996-06-06 Chiron Viagene, Inc. Recombinant alphavirus vectors
US6436908B1 (en) 1995-05-30 2002-08-20 Duke University Use of exogenous β-adrenergic receptor and β-adrenergic receptor kinase gene constructs to enhance myocardial function
US6265150B1 (en) 1995-06-07 2001-07-24 Becton Dickinson & Company Phage antibodies
WO1997042338A1 (en) 1996-05-06 1997-11-13 Chiron Corporation Crossless retroviral vectors
US6376471B1 (en) 1997-10-10 2002-04-23 Johns Hopkins University Gene delivery compositions and methods
WO1999058572A1 (en) 1998-05-08 1999-11-18 Cambridge University Technical Services Limited Binding molecules derived from immunoglobulins which do not trigger complement mediated lysis
WO2000009560A2 (en) 1998-08-17 2000-02-24 Abgenix, Inc. Generation of modified molecules with increased serum half-lives
WO2000053211A2 (en) 1999-03-09 2000-09-14 University Of Southern California Method of promoting myocyte proliferation and myocardial tissue repair
WO2001027160A1 (en) 1999-10-14 2001-04-19 Applied Molecular Evolution, Inc. Methods of optimizing antibody variable region binding affinity
WO2004058184A2 (en) 2002-12-24 2004-07-15 Rinat Neuroscience Corp. Anti-ngf antibodies and methods using same
US7314622B2 (en) 2005-04-15 2008-01-01 Neogenix Oncology, Inc. Recombinant monoclonal antibodies and corresponding antigens for colon and pancreatic cancers
WO2010017468A1 (en) * 2008-08-08 2010-02-11 Glaxo Wellcome Manufacturing Pte Ltd Treatment of autoimmune and inflammatory disease
WO2010085643A1 (en) * 2009-01-22 2010-07-29 University Of Miami Targeting il-7 signaling as a therapy for multiple sclerosis and other il-7 signaling dependent disorders

Non-Patent Citations (135)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Animal Cell Culture", 1987
"Antibodies: a practical approach", 1988, IRL PRESS
"Cell and Tissue Culture: Laboratory Procedures", 1993, J. WILEY AND SONS
"Cell Biology: A Laboratory Notebook", 1998, ACADEMIC PRESS
"Current Protocols in Immunology", 1991
"Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1987
"Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells", 1987
"Handbook of Experimental Immunology"
"Introduction to Cell and Tissue Culture", 1998, PLENUM PRESS
"Methods in Enzymology", ACADEMIC PRESS, INC.
"Methods in Molecular Biology", HUMANA PRESS
"Monoclonal antibodies: a practical approach", 2000, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS
"Oligonucleotide Synthesis", 1984
"PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction", 1994
"PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction", 1994, BIRKAUSWER PRESS
"Remington: The Science and practice of Pharmacy", 2000, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS AND WILKINS
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1990, MACK PUBLISHING CO.
"Short Protocols in Molecular Biology", 1999, WILEY AND SONS
"The Antibodies", 1995, HARWOOD ACADEMIC PUBLISHERS
AALBERSE ET AL., IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 105, 2002, pages 9 - 19
AL-LAZIKANI ET AL., J. MOLEC. BIOL., vol. 273, 1997, pages 927 - 948
ARMOUR ET AL., MOLECULAR IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 40, 2003, pages 585 - 593
BALINT ET AL., GENE, vol. 137, no. 1, 1993, pages 109 - 18
BARBAS ET AL., PROC NAT. ACAD. SCI, USA, vol. 91, 1994, pages 3809 - 3813
BARDWELL ET AL., RHEUMATOLOGY, vol. 41, 2002, pages 38 - 45
BIRD ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 242, 1988, pages 423 - 426
BOERNER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 147, no. 1, 1991, pages 86 - 95
BOYD ET AL., MOL. IMMUNOL., vol. 32, 1996, pages 1311 - 1318
BROWN ET AL., CANCER RES., vol. 47, 1987, pages 3577 - 3583
BUCK, D. W. ET AL., IN VITRO, vol. 18, 1982, pages 377 - 381
C.A. JANEWAY, P. TRAVERS, IMMUNOBIOLOGY, 1997
CAPEL ET AL., IMMUNOMETHODS, vol. 4, 1994, pages 25 - 34
CHIOU ET AL.: "Gene Therapeutics: Methods And Applications Of Direct Gene Transfer", 1994
CHUNG BRILE ET AL: "Prevention of graft-versus-host disease by anti IL-7R.alpha. antibody", BLOOD, AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEMATOLOGY, US, vol. 110, no. 8, 15 October 2007 (2007-10-15), pages 2803 - 2810, XP002560035, ISSN: 0006-4971, [retrieved on 20070626], DOI: DOI:10.1182/BLOOD-2006-11-055673 *
CLACKSON ET AL., NATURE, vol. 352, 1991, pages 624 - 628
COLE ET AL.: "Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy", 1985, ALAN R. LISS, pages: 77
CONNELLY, HUMAN GENE THERAPY, vol. 1, 1995, pages 185
COX ET AL., EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 24, 1994, pages 827 - 836
DAUGHERTY ET AL., NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 19, 1991, pages 2471 - 2476
DAYHOFF, M.O.: "Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure", vol. 5, 1978, NATIONAL BIOMEDICAL RESEARCH FOUNDATION, article "A model of evolutionary change in proteins - Matrices for detecting distant relationships", pages: 345 - 358
DE HAAS ET AL., J. LAB. CLIN. MED., vol. 126, 1995, pages 330 - 41
E. HARLOW, D. LANE: "Using antibodies: a laboratory manual", 1999, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
EPSTEIN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 82, 1985, pages 3688
EUR. J. IMMUNOL., vol. 29, 1999, pages 2613 - 2624
FINDEIS ET AL., TRENDS BIOTECHNOL., vol. 11, 1993, pages 202
FRY ET AL., J IMMUNOL., vol. 174, 2005, pages 6571 - 6
GLANVILLE G. ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA, vol. 106, no. 48, 2009, pages 20216 - 20221
GRIFFITH ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 12, 1993, pages 725 - 734
GUYER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 117, 1976, pages 587
HARLOW, LANE: "Using Antibodies, a Laboratory Manual", 1999, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY PRESS
HAWKINS ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 226, 1992, pages 889 - 896
HEIN J.: "Methods in Enzymology", vol. 183, 1990, ACADEMIC PRESS, INC., article "Unified Approach to Alignment and Phylogenes", pages: 626 - 645
HIGGINS, D.G., SHARP, P.M., CABIOS, vol. 5, 1989, pages 151 - 153
HOLLIGER ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 6444 - 6448
HOLLIGER, P. ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 6444 - 6448
HOOGENBOOM, WINTER, J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 227, 1991, pages 381
HSE ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 272, 1997, pages 9062 - 9070
HUSTON ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 5879 - 5883
HWANG ET AL., PROC. NATL ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 77, 1980, pages 4030
IDUSOGIE ET AL., J. IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 164, 2000, pages 4178 - 4184
III ET AL., PROTEIN ENG., vol. 10, 1997, pages 949 - 57
JACKSON ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 154, no. 7, 1995, pages 3310 - 9
JEFFERIS ET AL., IMMUNOLOGICAL REVIEWS, vol. 163, 1998, pages 59 - 76
JEFFERIS, LUND, CHEM. IMMUNOL., vol. 65, 1997, pages 111 - 128
JIAN ET AL., CYTOKINE GROWTH FACTOR REV., vol. 16, 2005, pages 513 - 533
JOHNSON, KEVIN S., CHISWELL, DAVID J., CURRENT OPINION IN STRUCTURAL BIOLOGY, vol. 3, 1993, pages 564 - 571
JOLLY, CANCER GENE THERAPY, vol. 1, 1994, pages 51
JONES ET AL., NATURE, vol. 321, 1986, pages 522 - 525
KABAT ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest", 1991, NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH
KABAT, E. A. ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest", 1991, NIH PUBLICATION NO. 91-3242
KABAT. KABAT ET AL.: "Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest", 1991, NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH
KAPLITT, NATURE GENETICS, vol. 6, 1994, pages 148
KIKUTANI ET AL., ADV. IMMUNOL., vol. 51, 1992, pages 285 - 322
KIM ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 24, 1994, pages 249
KIMURA, HUMAN GENE THERAPY, vol. 5, 1994, pages 845
KOHLER, B., MILSTEIN, C., NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495 - 497
KOHLER, MILSTEIN, NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495
KOSTELNY ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 148, 1992, pages 1547 - 1553
LEET, FLOWERS, HEMATOLOGY, vol. 2008, January 2008 (2008-01-01), pages 134 - 141
LOBUGLIO ET AL., PROC. NAT. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 86, 1989, pages 4220 - 4224
LONBERG, N., D. HUSZAR, INT. REV. IMMUNOL, vol. 13, 1995, pages 65
LUND ET AL., J. IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 157, 1996, pages 4963 - 9
MAKABE ET AL.: "Thermodynamic Consequences of Mutations in Vernier Zone Residues of a Humanized Anti-human Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor Murine Antibody", JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 283, 2007, pages 1156 - 1166
MARK ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 222, 1991, pages 581 - 597
MARKS ET AL., BIO/TECHNOL., vol. 10, 1992, pages 779 - 783
MARKS ET AL., BIO/TECHNOLOGY, vol. 10, 1992, pages 779 - 783
MARKS ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 222, 1991, pages 581
MARTIN, EMBO J., vol. 13, 1994, pages 5303 - 9
MAZZUCCHELLI ET AL., NAT REV IMMUNOL., vol. 7, 2007, pages 144 - 54
MCCAFFERTY ET AL., NATURE, vol. 348, 1990, pages 552 - 553
MCCAFFERTY ET AL., NATURE, vol. 348, 1990, pages 552 - 554
MCELROY ET AL., STRUCTURE, vol. 17, no. 1, 2009, pages 54 - 65
MILLSTEIN, CUELLO, NATURE, vol. 305, 1983, pages 537 - 539
MORGAN ET AL., IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 86, 1995, pages 319 - 324
MORRISON ET AL., PROC. NAT. ACAD. SCI., vol. 81, 1984, pages 6851
MYERS, E.W., MULLER W., CABIOS, vol. 4, 1988, pages 11 - 17
P. FINCH, ANTIBODIES, 1997
PEETERS ET AL., VACCINE, vol. 19, 2001, pages 2756
PHILIP, MOL. CELL BIOL., vol. 14, 1994, pages 2411
POLJAK, R. J. ET AL., STRUCTURE, vol. 2, 1994, pages 1121 - 1123
POLLOCK ET AL., J IMMUNOL METHODS, vol. 231, 1999, pages 147
RAVETCH, KINET, ANN. REV. IMMUNOL., vol. 9, 1991, pages 457 - 92
RECHE PA ET AL., J IMMUNOL., vol. 167, 2001, pages 336 - 43
REMINGTON: "The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 2000, MACK PUBLISHING
RIECHMANN ET AL., NATURE, vol. 332, 1988, pages 323 - 327
ROBINSON, E.D., COMB. THEOR., vol. 11, 1971, pages 105
SAMBROOK ET AL.: "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 1989, COLD SPRING HARBOR PRESS
SANTOU, N., NES, M., MOL. BIOL. EVOL., vol. 4, 1987, pages 406 - 425
SCHIER ET AL., GENE, vol. 169, 1995, pages 147 - 155
SHAW ET AL., J IMMUNOL., vol. 138, 1987, pages 4534 - 4538
SHEETS ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. (USA), vol. 95, 1998, pages 6157 - 6162
SNEATH, P.H.A., SOKAL, R.R.: "Numerical Taxonomy the Principles and Practice of Numerical Taxonomy", 1973, FREEMAN PRESS
SONGSIVILAI, LACHMANN, CLIN. EXP. IMMUNOL., vol. 79, 1990, pages 315 - 321
SURESH ET AL., METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 121, 1986, pages 210
TAO ET AL., J. IMMUNOLOGY, vol. 143, 1989, pages 2595 - 2601
TILLER ET AL., J. IMMUNOL. METHODS, vol. 329, 2008, pages 112
TOMLINSON ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 227, 1992, pages 776 - 798
TRAUNECKER ET AL., EMBO J., vol. 10, 1991, pages 3655 - 3659
TRAUNECKER ET AL., INT. J. CANCER, vol. 7, 1992, pages 51 - 52
UMANA ET AL., MATURE BIOTECH., vol. 17, 1999, pages 176 - 180
VAUGHAN ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 14, 1996, pages 309 - 314
VERHOEYEN ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 239, 1988, pages 1534 - 1536
WATERHOUSE ET AL., NUCL. ACIDS RES., vol. 21, 1993, pages 2265 - 2266
WILBUR, W.J., LIPMAN, D.J., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 80, 1983, pages 726 - 730
WINTER ET AL., ANNU. REV. IMMUNOL, vol. 12, 1994, pages 433 - 455
WINTER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 349, 1991, pages 293 - 299
WITTWE, HOWARD, BIOCHEM., vol. 29, 1990, pages 4175 - 4180
WOFFENDIN, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 91, 1994, pages 1581
WRIGHT, MORRISON, TIBTECH, vol. 15, 1997, pages 26 - 32
WU ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 263, 1988, pages 621
WU ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 266, 1991, pages 338
WU ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 269, 1994, pages 542
WYSS, WAGNER, CURRENT OPIN. BIOTECH., vol. 7, 1996, pages 409 - 416
YELTON ET AL., J. IMMUNOL., vol. 155, 1995, pages 1994 - 2004
ZENKE ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 87, 1990, pages 3655

Cited By (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101453516B1 (en) 2011-09-20 2014-10-24 가톨릭대학교 산학협력단 Composition for preventing and treating autoimmune diseases comprising anti-VEGF antibody
US9447182B2 (en) 2011-10-19 2016-09-20 Ose Immunotherapeutics Antibodies directed against the alpha chain of IL7 receptor—their use for the preparation of drug candidates
RU2734076C2 (en) * 2014-06-10 2020-10-12 Осе Иммунотерапеутикс Antibodies directed to cd127
AU2015273532B2 (en) * 2014-06-10 2021-03-04 Ose Immunotherapeutics Antibodies directed against CD127
EP2955196A1 (en) 2014-06-10 2015-12-16 Effimune Antibodies directed against CD127
AU2015273532C1 (en) * 2014-06-10 2021-07-15 Ose Immunotherapeutics Antibodies directed against CD127
WO2015189302A1 (en) * 2014-06-10 2015-12-17 Effimune Antibodies directed against cd127
US11440964B2 (en) 2014-06-10 2022-09-13 Ose Immunotherapeutics Method for treating a pathological condition involving the activation or proliferation of CD127 positive cells with an anti-CD127 antibody
EA039303B1 (en) * 2014-06-10 2022-01-11 Осе Иммунотерапеутикс Antibodies directed against cd127
US10428152B2 (en) 2014-06-10 2019-10-01 Ose Immunotherapeutics Antibodies directed against CD127
WO2016059512A1 (en) 2014-10-18 2016-04-21 Pfizer Inc. Anti-il-7r antibody compositions
WO2017055966A1 (en) 2015-10-01 2017-04-06 Pfizer Inc. Low viscosity antibody compositions
US11230602B2 (en) 2016-02-29 2022-01-25 Ose Immunotherapeutics Non-antagonistic antibodies directed against the alpha chain of the IL7 receptor extracellular domain and use thereof in cancer treatment
WO2017149394A1 (en) 2016-02-29 2017-09-08 Ose Immunotherapeutics Non-antagonistic antibodies directed against the alpha chain of the il7 receptor extracellular domain and use thereof in cancer treatment
WO2018019897A1 (en) * 2016-07-26 2018-02-01 Polichem S.A. Anti-hsv synergistic activity of antibodies and antiviral agents
US10899824B2 (en) 2016-07-26 2021-01-26 Polichem S.A. Anti-HSV synergistic activity of antibodies and antiviral agents
WO2018104483A1 (en) 2016-12-09 2018-06-14 Ose Immunotherapeutics Antibodies and polypeptides directed against cd127
US11926671B2 (en) 2016-12-09 2024-03-12 Ose Immunotherapeutics Antibodies and polypeptides directed against CD127
KR20190090005A (en) * 2016-12-09 2019-07-31 오제 이뮈노테라프틱스 Antibodies and polypeptides directed against CD127
US11098128B2 (en) 2016-12-09 2021-08-24 Ose Immunotherapeutics Antibodies and polypeptides directed against CD127
KR102306366B1 (en) 2016-12-09 2021-09-29 오제 이뮈노테라프틱스 Antibodies and Polypeptides directed against CD127
AU2017373819B2 (en) * 2016-12-09 2022-03-31 Ose Immunotherapeutics Antibodies and polypeptides directed against CD127
RU2769352C2 (en) * 2016-12-09 2022-03-30 Осе Иммьюнотерапьютикс Antibodies and polypeptides against cd127
WO2020154293A1 (en) 2019-01-22 2020-07-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Antibodies against il-7r alpha subunit and uses thereof
US11919962B2 (en) 2019-01-22 2024-03-05 Bristol Myers-Squibb Company Antibodies against IL-7R alpha subunit and uses thereof
US11008395B2 (en) 2019-01-22 2021-05-18 Bristol Myers-Squibb Company Antibodies against IL-7R alpha subunit and uses thereof
WO2020254827A1 (en) 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 Vhsquared Limited Polypeptides
WO2020254828A1 (en) 2019-06-21 2020-12-24 Vhsquared Limited Compositions
US11623952B2 (en) 2019-06-21 2023-04-11 Sorriso Pharmaceuticals, Inc. IL-23 and TNF-alpha binding bi-specific heavy chain polypeptides
US11667719B2 (en) 2019-06-21 2023-06-06 Sorriso Pharmaceuticals, Inc. VHH immunoglobulin chain variable domain that binds to IL-7R and methods of use thereof for treating autoimmune and/or inflammatory diseases
WO2024146956A1 (en) 2023-01-06 2024-07-11 Twain Therapeutics Pte. Ltd. Antigen-binding molecules
WO2024146955A1 (en) 2023-01-06 2024-07-11 Twain Therapeutics Pte. Ltd. Antigen-binding molecules
WO2024200826A1 (en) 2023-03-30 2024-10-03 Ose Immunotherapeutics Lipid-based nanoparticle targeted at activated immune cells for the expression of immune cell inhibiting molecule and use thereof
WO2024200823A1 (en) 2023-03-30 2024-10-03 Ose Immunotherapeutics Lipid-based nanoparticle targeted at activated immune cells for the expression of immune cell enhancing molecule and use thereof
WO2024200820A1 (en) 2023-03-30 2024-10-03 Ose Immunotherapeutics Method of synthesis of targeted lipid nanoparticle and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20110206698A1 (en) 2011-08-25
RU2533809C2 (en) 2014-11-20
CN105859887A (en) 2016-08-17
AR080291A1 (en) 2012-03-28
CA2789132C (en) 2016-11-29
IL221620A (en) 2017-04-30
MY164755A (en) 2018-01-30
US20140141018A1 (en) 2014-05-22
US20160229917A1 (en) 2016-08-11
NZ601586A (en) 2014-09-26
US9346885B2 (en) 2016-05-24
US8637273B2 (en) 2014-01-28
CO6561843A2 (en) 2012-11-15
JP2013522170A (en) 2013-06-13
RU2653430C2 (en) 2018-05-08
CA2789132A1 (en) 2011-09-01
PE20130646A1 (en) 2013-06-09
TWI596114B (en) 2017-08-21
BR112012021433A2 (en) 2017-02-21
AU2011219488A1 (en) 2012-08-23
JP5602885B2 (en) 2014-10-08
TW201433575A (en) 2014-09-01
MX2012009497A (en) 2013-01-22
RU2012136234A (en) 2014-03-27
US8298535B2 (en) 2012-10-30
JP2014237641A (en) 2014-12-18
US20130028916A1 (en) 2013-01-31
TW201132356A (en) 2011-10-01
RU2533809C9 (en) 2015-05-20
EP2539369B1 (en) 2020-02-12
AU2011219488B2 (en) 2013-12-19
AU2011219488A2 (en) 2012-10-25
CN103038254A (en) 2013-04-10
TWI552760B (en) 2016-10-11
SA114360064B1 (en) 2016-01-05
EP2539369A1 (en) 2013-01-02
KR101509874B1 (en) 2015-04-10
KR20140033246A (en) 2014-03-17
US10059772B2 (en) 2018-08-28
ES2780374T3 (en) 2020-08-25
JP6230488B2 (en) 2017-11-15
RU2014136103A (en) 2016-03-27
SG182811A1 (en) 2012-09-27
HK1184168A1 (en) 2014-01-17
CN103038254B (en) 2016-03-09
US20180327503A1 (en) 2018-11-15
JP2017061454A (en) 2017-03-30
KR20120116005A (en) 2012-10-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10059772B2 (en) Antagonist anti-IL-7 receptor antibodies and methods
US9175093B2 (en) PCSK9 antagonists
US9249224B2 (en) Human growth hormone receptor antagonist antibodies and methods of use thereof
AU2014201648B2 (en) Antagonist anti-il-7 receptor antibodies and methods
AU2015200427B2 (en) PCSK9 antagonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201180011149.4

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11711673

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE2 Request for preliminary examination filed before expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011219488

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2789132

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 6966/DELNP/2012

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12012501617

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2012/009497

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2011219488

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20110224

Kind code of ref document: A

Ref document number: 20127022056

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 221620

Country of ref document: IL

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012554463

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 12144298

Country of ref document: CO

Ref document number: 001367-2012

Country of ref document: PE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011711673

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012136234

Country of ref document: RU

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112012021433

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112012021433

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20120824